User Guide SLF-H - 253255964-D - Ed.04 para Imprimir

Microwave Radio Link
SLF-H Release 2.2
6 GHz 38 GHz
Installation and Operation Manual
Page 0-2
SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D
WARNING
Sagemcom carefully monitors all technical changes and strives continuously to improve its products for the benefit of its customers. It therefore reserves the right to change its documentation without prior notice. All trademarks are registered by their owners.
HANDBOOK CHANGE LIST

ENVIRONMENT
(Each new edition supersedes the previous edition)
Preservation of the environment as part of a sustainable development logic is an essential concern of Sagemcom. The desire of Sagemcom is to operate systems observing the environment and consequently it has decided to integrate environmental performances in the life cycle of its products, from manufacturing to commissioning, use and elimination. Page All pages PACKAGING: The presence of the logo (green dot) means that a contribution is paid to an approved national organisation to improve packaging recovery and recycling infrastructures. 1.8, 2.4.1, 6.5 To facilitate recycling, please respect the sorting rules set up locally for this kind of waste.
No.
Date
Change description
253 255 964-A
September 2009
Initial release in original issue
(3 000 337 386 R11 000-01)
253 255 964-B
November 2009
ACM configuration
(3 000 337 386 R11 000-02) All pages BATTERIES: If your product contains batteries, they must be disposed of at appropriate collection points. All pages THE PRODUCT: The crossed-out waste bin stuck on the product (or on its accessories) means that the product belongs to the family of electrical and electronic equipment. In this respect, the European regulations ask you to dispose of it selectively: x At sales points in the event of the purchase of similar equipment. x At the collection points made available to you locally (drop-off centre, selective collection, etc.).
253 255 964-C
June 2010
Release 2.1 bis
(3 000 337 386 R11 000-03)
253 255 964-D
February 2011
Release 2.2
(3 000 337 386 R11 000-04)
In this way you can participate in the re-use and upgrading of WEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment), which can have an effect on the environment and human health.
Page 0-3
Page 0-4
3. INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 - INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 - DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.2.1 - System composition ....................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.2.2 - IDU version ..................................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.3 - Modem version ............................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.4 - Fan version ..................................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.5 - Optional MUX64 SPDH version...................................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.6 - ODU Versions................................................................................................................................. 1-4 1.3 - SLF-H FEATURES ................................................................................................................................................... 1-6 1.3.1 - SLF-H block diagrams .................................................................................................................... 1-6 1.3.2 - IDU features.................................................................................................................................... 1-7 1.3.3 - Modem features.............................................................................................................................. 1-7 1.3.4 - ODU features.................................................................................................................................. 1-8 1.3.5 - MUX64 SPDH shelf features .......................................................................................................... 1-8 1.4 - PROTECTED CONFIGURATIONS ............................................................................................................................... 1-9 1.4.1 - 1+1 Hot Stand By ........................................................................................................................... 1-9
3.1 - INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2 - UNPACKING THE EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.3 - IDU INSTALLATION................................................................................................................................................ 3-2 3.4 - ANTENNA INSTALLATION....................................................................................................................................... 3-2 3.4.1 - Antenna mount ............................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.4.2 - Antenna Installation ........................................................................................................................ 3-3 3.5 - ODU INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................................. 3-4 3.5.1 - 1+0 Configuration with integrated antenna..................................................................................... 3-4 3.5.2 - 1+0 Configuration with pole mount and standard antenna............................................................. 3-5 3.5.3 - "Hot standby" 1+1 configuration with coupler and integrated antenna .......................................... 3-5 3.5.4 - 1+1 hot standby configuration with remote mounted coupler and standard antenna .................... 3-6 3.5.5 - 1+1 space diversity configuration with 2 antennas......................................................................... 3-7 3.5.6 - 1+1 frequency diversity configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna ............... 3-7 3.5.7 - 1+1 frequency diversity configuration with 2 antennas .................................................................. 3-7 3.5.8 - 2+0 frequency diversity configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna ............... 3-7 3.5.9 - 2+0 frequency diversity configuration with 2 antennas .................................................................. 3-7 3.5.10 - 2+0 XPIC configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna ................................... 3-7 3.6 - INSTALLING THE IDU TO ODU COAXIAL CABLE ................................................................................................... 3-8 3.7 - CONNECTING THE IDU TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................. 3-9 3.7.1 - IDU Front panel accesses .............................................................................................................. 3-9 3.7.2 - Description of accesses and connectors...................................................................................... 3-10
1.4.1.1 - Transmitter operation & performances ...................................................................................................................... 1-9 1.4.1.2 - Receiver operation & performances ........................................................................................................................ 1-10
1.4.2 - 1+1 Space diversity ...................................................................................................................... 1-10
1.4.2.1 - Transmitter operation & performances .................................................................................................................... 1-10 1.4.2.2 - Receiver operation & performances ........................................................................................................................ 1-11
3.7.2.1 - "POWER" access 4-pin connector ........................................................................................................................ 3-10 3.7.2.2 - The connector pinout is as follows: ......................................................................................................................... 3-10 3.7.2.3 - "Alarms in/out" access High density 15-pin DB connector .................................................................................. 3-10 3.7.2.4 - "Mgmt" and "Wayside" Ethernet ports .................................................................................................................... 3-12 3.7.2.5 - Gigabit Ethernet ports "GbE1" to "GbE4" ............................................................................................................... 3-12 3.7.2.6 - G703 2 Mbit/s ports - 44-pin DB connectors........................................................................................................... 3-13
1.4.3 - 1+1 Frequency diversity ............................................................................................................... 1-11
1.4.3.1 - Transmitter operation & performances .................................................................................................................... 1-12 1.4.3.2 - Receiver operation & performances ........................................................................................................................ 1-12
3.7.3 - Cable references for SLF-H.......................................................................................................... 3-16 3.7.4 - Module references for SLF-H ....................................................................................................... 3-18 3.8 - MUX64 SPDH UNIT (OPTIONAL) ........................................................................................................................ 3-18 3.8.1 - Front panel accesses of MUX 64 SPDH shelf.............................................................................. 3-19 3.8.2 - Description of accesses and connectors...................................................................................... 3-19
3.8.2.1 - "POWER" access 4-pin connector ........................................................................................................................ 3-19 3.8.2.2 - G703 2 Mbit/s ports - 78-pin DB connectors........................................................................................................... 3-19
1.5 - ACM CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................................................................... 1-13 1.6 - 2+0 CONFIGURATIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 1-17 1.6.1 - 2+0 FD .......................................................................................................................................... 1-18 1.6.2 - 2+0 XPIC ...................................................................................................................................... 1-19
2. GIGABIT ETHERNET FUNCTION ........................................................................................................................ 2-1
3.8.3 - MUX32 SPDH version .................................................................................................................. 3-21 3.8.4 - Cable References for MUX64 SPDH shelf................................................................................... 3-22 3.9 - POWERING UP THE SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................. 3-23 4. COMMISSIONING CONFIGURATION AND TESTS .......................................................................................... 4-1
2.1 - INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.2 - PORTS .................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.2.1 - Definition......................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.2.2 - Jumbo frames ................................................................................................................................. 2-1 2.2.3 - Available Ethernet radio bandwidth (ACM) .................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 - TOPOLOGIES ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-2 2.3.1 - 4 EPLINE mode .............................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.3.2 - Advanced mode.............................................................................................................................. 2-2
2.3.2.1 - EPLAN mode ............................................................................................................................................................ 2-2 2.3.2.2 - EVPLINE/EVPLAN modes....................................................................................................................................... 2-2
2.4 - SERVICE QUALITY (QOS) ....................................................................................................................................... 2-3 2.4.1 - Generalities..................................................................................................................................... 2-3 2.4.2 - Frames classification ...................................................................................................................... 2-3 2.4.3 - Metering.......................................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.4 - Congestion handling....................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.4.4.1 - Description................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4 2.4.4.2 - Limitation of port bandwidth ..................................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.4.3 - Flow control............................................................................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.4.4 - Drop of frames........................................................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.4.4.1 - Principe................................................................................................................................................................ 2-5 2.4.4.4.2 - Output queues (traffic classes)............................................................................................................................. 2-5 2.4.4.4.3 - Control of flows rate (policing) ........................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.4.4.4 - CIR/PIR values .................................................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.4.4.5 - Shaping of "Very High Priority" traffic class ...................................................................................................... 2-6
4.1 - INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... 4-1 4.2 - CONFIGURING EQUIPMENT IP ADDRESSES .............................................................................................................. 4-1 4.3 - PILOT SOFTWARE AND IP CONNECTIVITY ............................................................................................................... 4-6 4.3.1 - Installing the software Pilot Launcher............................................................................................. 4-6 4.3.2 - Installing the Pilot software............................................................................................................. 4-7 4.3.3 - IP connectivity................................................................................................................................. 4-8 4.3.4 - Launch Auto Pilot with the Pilot Launcher:..................................................................................... 4-9 4.3.5 - Starting a Pilot session ................................................................................................................. 4-10 4.4 - LINK PRELIMINARY CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................................... 4-11 4.4.1 - Setting the parameters of each IDU ............................................................................................. 4-11 4.4.2 - Antenna alignment........................................................................................................................ 4-16 4.4.3 - Antenna alignment in XPIC mode ................................................................................................ 4-21 4.5 - TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS REQUIRED ................................................................................................................ 4-23 4.5.1 - Frequency Scan............................................................................................................................ 4-23 4.5.2 - Receive signal level...................................................................................................................... 4-23 4.5.3 - Giga Ethernet transmission test ................................................................................................... 4-24 4.5.4 - 2 Mbit/s tributary test (optional) .................................................................................................... 4-28 4.5.5 - Wayside test (optional) ................................................................................................................. 4-29 4.5.6 - Alarm relay test (optional)............................................................................................................. 4-30
4.5.6.1 - Simulating an IDU Alarm........................................................................................................................................ 4-30 4.5.6.2 - Simulating an ODU Alarm ...................................................................................................................................... 4-31 4.5.6.3 - Simulating a Gigabit Ethernet Alarm....................................................................................................................... 4-31 4.5.6.4 - Simulating a tributary alarm .................................................................................................................................... 4-31
2.5 - MAC FILTERING .................................................................................................................................................... 2-6 2.6 - COUNTERS ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-6
Page 0-5
Page 0-6
4.5.6.5 - Simulating an RSL alarm......................................................................................................................................... 4-31 4.5.6.6 - Testing an external alarm......................................................................................................................................... 4-31 4.5.6.7 - Testing the alarm outputs (relays)............................................................................................................................ 4-32
4.5.7 - Testing 1+1 configuration (optional) ............................................................................................. 4-32 4.5.8 - Quality measurement ................................................................................................................... 4-34 4.5.9 - Recording configuration information............................................................................................. 4-34
5. FINAL LINK CONFIGURATION............................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1 - ENTERING SITE NAMES ........................................................................................................................................... 5-1 5.2 - SETTING THE DATE AND TIME................................................................................................................................. 5-1 5.3 - CONFIGURING GIGABIT ETHERNET ........................................................................................................................ 5-2 5.3.1 - Notations used in this manual ........................................................................................................ 5-2 5.3.2 - Ethernet Port configuration............................................................................................................. 5-2
5.3.2.1 - Physical configuration ............................................................................................................................................... 5-3 5.3.2.2 - Advanced configuration............................................................................................................................................. 5-3
5.3.3 - QOS Global configuration............................................................................................................... 5-5 5.3.4 - QOS & services configuration ........................................................................................................ 5-6
5.3.4.1 - Service types.............................................................................................................................................................. 5-7 5.3.4.1.1 - 4 EPLINE mode................................................................................................................................................... 5-8 5.3.4.1.2 - Advanced mode ................................................................................................................................................... 5-8 5.3.4.1.3 - EPLAN ................................................................................................................................................................ 5-8 5.3.4.1.4 - EVPLINE/EVPLAN............................................................................................................................................ 5-8 5.3.4.2 - Port modes and tagging possibilities.......................................................................................................................... 5-9 5.3.4.2.1 - UNI-N................................................................................................................................................................ 5-10 5.3.4.2.2 - I-NNI ................................................................................................................................................................. 5-10 5.3.4.2.3 - E-NNI ................................................................................................................................................................ 5-10 5.3.4.2.4 - EtherType .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-11 5.3.4.3 - QOS parameters....................................................................................................................................................... 5-11 5.3.4.3.1 - Available classes of service ............................................................................................................................... 5-11 5.3.4.3.2 - Strict priority shaping ........................................................................................................................................ 5-12 5.3.4.3.3 - Metering and policing........................................................................................................................................ 5-12 5.3.4.3.4 - Bandwidth computation examples..................................................................................................................... 5-15 5.3.4.4 - Services and QOS configuration.............................................................................................................................. 5-16 5.3.4.4.1 - Classification principle ...................................................................................................................................... 5-16 5.3.4.4.2 - Available classification types ............................................................................................................................ 5-18 5.3.4.4.3 - User predefined classifications .......................................................................................................................... 5-23 5.3.4.4.4 - PCP encoding .................................................................................................................................................... 5-25
5.3.5 - Other features............................................................................................................................... 5-27
6.2.3 - "File / IDU Configuration / Local or Remote / Load" menu ............................................................. 6-4 6.2.4 - "File / Boot Firmware / Local or Remote" menu ............................................................................. 6-5 6.2.5 - "File / IDU Firmware / Local or Remote" menu .............................................................................. 6-5 6.2.6 - "File / ODU Firmware / Local or Remote" menu............................................................................. 6-6 6.2.7 - "File / Quit" menu............................................................................................................................ 6-6 6.3 - SESSION MENU ....................................................................................................................................................... 6-6 6.4 - ALARMS MENU ....................................................................................................................................................... 6-7 6.4.1 - "Alarms / View / Local or Remote" menu........................................................................................ 6-7 6.4.2 - "Alarms / Text Log / Local or Remote" menu ................................................................................. 6-8 6.4.3 - "Alarms /Graphical Log / Local or Remote" menu.......................................................................... 6-9 6.5 - CONFIGURATION / ALARMS MENU ......................................................................................................................... 6-9 6.6 - CONFIGURATION / MANAGEMENT NETWORK / ETHERNET PORTS AND RADIO CHANNEL / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.1 - Description of the Management network...................................................................................... 6-10 6.6.2 - Network configuration................................................................................................................... 6-12 6.6.3 - Wayside configuration .................................................................................................................. 6-13 6.7 - CONFIGURATION / MANAGEMENT NETWORK /ROUTES / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ............................................ 6-14 6.8 - CONFIGURATION / GIGABIT ETHERNET MENU ...................................................................................................... 6-15 6.9 - CONFIGURATION / PROTECTION / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ................................................................................ 6-15 6.10 - CONFIGURATION / ATPC / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU........................................................................................ 6-16 6.11 - CONFIGURATION /E1 TRIBUTARIES / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ........................................................................ 6-16 6.12 - CONFIGURATION / HARDWARE INVENTORY / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ........................................................... 6-16 6.13 - CONFIGURATION / PILOT MENU .......................................................................................................................... 6-17 6.14 - CONFIGURATION / RESET TO DEFAULT DATABASE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ................................................. 6-17 6.15 - PERFORMANCE / RSL / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ............................................................................................. 6-17 6.16 - PERFORMANCE / LINK STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ......................................................................... 6-18 6.17 - PERFORMANCE / GIGABIT ETHERNET / GENERAL ETHERNET STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU............... 6-19 6.18 - PERFORMANCE / GIGABIT ETHERNET / METERING STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU .............................. 6-20 6.19 - PERFORMANCE / WAYSIDE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ..................................................................................... 6-20 6.20 - PERFORMANCE / CLEAR BER STATS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ...................................................................... 6-21 6.21 - PERFORMANCE / CLEAR/RESET ALL .................................................................................................................. 6-22 6.22 - MAINTENANCE / TX/RX FORCING MENU ............................................................................................................ 6-22 6.23 - MAINTENANCE / LOOPBACKS MENU .................................................................................................................. 6-23 6.24 - MAINTENANCE / FREQUENCY SCAN / CHANNEL 1 OR CHANNEL 2 MENU ........................................................... 6-23 6.25 - MAINTENANCE / TRY TO UNMUTE REMOTE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ............................................................ 6-24 6.26 - MAINTENANCE / RESTRICTION / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU ............................................................................... 6-24 7. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE................................................................................................................................ 7-1
5.3.5.1 - Flow control............................................................................................................................................................. 5-27 5.3.5.2 - Mac filtering ............................................................................................................................................................ 5-28 5.3.5.3 - Fast link shutdown................................................................................................................................................... 5-29 5.3.5.4 - FDB management .................................................................................................................................................... 5-29 5.3.5.5 - Ethernet with 2+0 XPIC or FD modes..................................................................................................................... 5-30 5.3.5.6 - Ethernet with ACM.................................................................................................................................................. 5-30
5.4 - CONFIGURING 2 MBIT/S PORTS............................................................................................................................. 5-32 5.5 - CONFIGURING THE ALARM THRESHOLDS .............................................................................................................. 5-34 5.5.1 - BER and ACM alarm thresholds................................................................................................... 5-34 5.5.2 - RSL alarm threshold..................................................................................................................... 5-34 5.5.3 - Ethernet bitrate alarm threshold ................................................................................................... 5-35 5.6 - CONFIGURING THE ALARMS ................................................................................................................................. 5-36 5.6.1 - General parameters...................................................................................................................... 5-36 5.6.2 - "IDU" tab ....................................................................................................................................... 5-37 5.6.3 - "Modem" tab ................................................................................................................................. 5-38 5.6.4 - "Radio" tab.................................................................................................................................... 5-38 5.6.5 - "Tributaries" tab ............................................................................................................................ 5-40 5.6.6 - "Gigabit Ethernet" tab ................................................................................................................... 5-41 5.6.7 - "Fans" tab ..................................................................................................................................... 5-41 5.6.8 - Default configuration of the alarm relays...................................................................................... 5-43 5.7 - CONFIGURING THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL (ATPC) ............................................................... 5-43 5.8 - SPECIFIC CONFIGURATIONS FOR 1+1 SYSTEMS ..................................................................................................... 5-44
6. OPERATION PILOT............................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 - HELP MENU ............................................................................................................................................................ 6-3 6.2 - FILE MENU ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.1 - "File / System Report" menu .......................................................................................................... 6-4 6.2.2 - "File / IDU Configuration / Local or Remote / Save" menu............................................................. 6-4
Page 0-7
7.1 - INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.2 - VISUAL INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................................ 7-2 7.3.1 - Describe the symptom.................................................................................................................... 7-2 7.3.2 - Isolate the problem ......................................................................................................................... 7-2 7.3.3 - Fix the problem ............................................................................................................................... 7-2 7.4 - DESCRIPTION OF IDU FRONT PANEL LEDS ............................................................................................................. 7-2 7.4.1 - IDU Leds......................................................................................................................................... 7-3 7.4.2 - Modem Leds ................................................................................................................................... 7-3 7.4.3 - Leds of the MUX64 SPDH shelf ..................................................................................................... 7-3 7.5 - ALARMS MANAGED BY THE PILOT ......................................................................................................................... 7-4 7.5.1 - Alarm summary screen................................................................................................................... 7-4 7.5.2 - Direct and indirect alarms............................................................................................................. 7-11 7.5.3 - Event log....................................................................................................................................... 7-11 7.6 - TYPICAL SLF-H PILOT SCREENS IN CASE OF PROBLEM ........................................................................................ 7-11 7.6.1 - No IDU-Pilot software communication.......................................................................................... 7-11 7.6.2 - No local equipment, no remote equipment................................................................................... 7-11 7.6.3 - No local radio................................................................................................................................ 7-12 7.6.4 - No remote radio ............................................................................................................................ 7-12 7.6.5 - Low RSL ....................................................................................................................................... 7-13 7.6.6 - Low transmit power ...................................................................................................................... 7-13 7.6.7 - Link established correctly but with some alarms .......................................................................... 7-14 7.6.8 - Normal link no alarms................................................................................................................... 7-14 7.7 - REPLACING AN ODU............................................................................................................................................ 7-14 7.8 - REPLACING A MODEM .......................................................................................................................................... 7-15
Page 0-8 SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D
7.9 - REPLACING AN IDU ............................................................................................................................................. 7-15 7.10 - REPLACING A FAN MODULE ............................................................................................................................. 7-15 7.11 - REPLACING A MUX64 SPDH SHELF .................................................................................................................. 7-15
APPENDIX 1- SLF-H SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................1
FIGURES
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS ..............................................................................................................................................1 TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS......................................................................................................................................2 RECEPTION CHARACTERISTICS............................................................................................................................................3 GIGABIT ETHERNET / 2 MBIT/S ACCESS ..............................................................................................................................4 ALARMS, WAYSIDE AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERFACES .........................................................................................4 MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................................................................................4 POWER CONSUMPTION ........................................................................................................................................................5 ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS..................................................................................................................................5 HEALTH CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................................................................5
Figure 1.1 - SLF-H 1+0 terminal ....................................................................................................................................... 1-2 Figure 1.2 - SLF-H 1+1 Terminal (HSB) .......................................................................................................................... 1-3 Figure 1.3 - Minimum and maximum channel frequencies ............................................................................................... 1-4 Figure 1.4 - SLF-H block diagram..................................................................................................................................... 1-6 Figure 1.5 - 1+1 Hot Stand By configuration .................................................................................................................... 1-9 Figure 1.6 - 1+1 Space diversity configuration................................................................................................................ 1-10 Figure 1.7 - 1+1 Frequency diversity configuration ........................................................................................................ 1-11 Figure 3.1 - IDU installation.............................................................................................................................................. 3-2 Figure 3.2 - ODU SLF-H with integrated antenna............................................................................................................. 3-4 Figure 3.3 - Polarization setting in 1+0 configuration ....................................................................................................... 3-4 Figure 3.4 - ODU SLF-H mounted on pole ....................................................................................................................... 3-5 Figure 3.5 - SLF-H 1+1 configuration with coupler and integrated antenna ..................................................................... 3-6 Figure 3.6 - Polarization setting on 1+1 coupler................................................................................................................ 3-6 Figure 3.7 - Front panel of the SLF-H IDU in 1+0 configuration...................................................................................... 3-9 Figure 3.8 - Front panel of the SLF-H IDU in 1+1 configuration...................................................................................... 3-9 Figure 3.9 - "Serial" connector pinout ............................................................................................................................. 3-10 Figure 3.10 - Relay output electrical interface................................................................................................................. 3-11 Figure 3.11 - External alarm electrical interface.............................................................................................................. 3-11 Figure 3.12 - Cables for a terminal station....................................................................................................................... 3-16 Figure 3.13 - Cables for a relay station ............................................................................................................................ 3-16 Figure 3.14 - Front panel of MUX64 SPDH Unit............................................................................................................ 3-18 Figure 3.15 - SLF-H 1+1 IDU ......................................................................................................................................... 3-23 Figure 4.1 - SLF-H ODU RSL voltage ............................................................................................................................ 4-17 Figure 4.2 - Antenna alignment ....................................................................................................................................... 4-18 Figure 4.3 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+0 configuration Fixed modulation................................................................... 4-18 Figure 4.4 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+0 configuration ACM modulation................................................................... 4-19 Figure 4.5 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+1 configuration Fixed modulation................................................................... 4-19 Figure 4.6 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+1 configuration ACM modulation................................................................... 4-20 Figure 4.7 - Local transmitter 1 and local receiver 1 active............................................................................................. 4-32 Figure 4.8 - Local transmitter1 and local receiver 2 active.............................................................................................. 4-33 Figure 4.9 - Local transmitter 2 and local receiver 2 active............................................................................................. 4-33 Figure 6.1 - Equipment shelf view without SPDH extension ............................................................................................ 6-1 Figure 6.2 - Equipment shelf view with SPDH extension ................................................................................................. 6-1 Figure 6.3 - Pilot menu tree structure ................................................................................................................................ 6-2 Figure 7.1 - IDU front panel Leds...................................................................................................................................... 7-2 Figure 7.2 - Alarms screen on the Pilot ............................................................................................................................. 7-4
APPENDIX 2 - SLF-H REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................1
LINK COMPOSITION .............................................................................................................................................................1 REFERENCES OF ODUS HL.................................................................................................................................................2 REFERENCES OF ODUS H .................................................................................................................................................10 REFERENCES OF ODUS NL...............................................................................................................................................19 REFERENCES OF ODUS N .................................................................................................................................................27
Page 0-9
Page 0-10
TABLES
Table 3-1 - 4-pin "POWER" connector pinout ................................................................................................................ 3-10 Table 3-2 - "Alarm in/out" connector pinout ................................................................................................................... 3-12 Table 3-3 - Ethernet port pinout....................................................................................................................................... 3-12 Table 3-4 - Characteristics of the Gigabit Ethernet optical interface............................................................................... 3-13 Table 3-5 - TRIB 1-8 connector pinout............................................................................................................................ 3-14 Table 3-6 - TRIB 9-16 connector pinout.......................................................................................................................... 3-15 Table 3-7 - Cable References for SLF-H ......................................................................................................................... 3-17 Table 3-8 - SFP module references for SLF-H ................................................................................................................ 3-18 Table 3-9 - TRIB16E1 connector pinout for the MUX64 SPDH unit ............................................................................. 3-21 Table 3-10 - Cable References for MUX64 SPDH unit................................................................................................... 3-22
Table 4-1 - Configuration compatibility .......................................................................................................................... 4-14 Table 4-2 - Configuration compatibility .......................................................................................................................... 4-15
Table 5-1 - Default configuration of the alarm relays...................................................................................................... 5-43
Table 7-1 - Meaning of the Wayside alarm ....................................................................................................................... 7-5 Table 7-2 - Meaning of radio alarms ................................................................................................................................. 7-5 Table 7-3 - Meaning of the SPDH alarm ........................................................................................................................... 7-5 Table 7-4 - Meaning of Fan and Temperature alarms........................................................................................................ 7-6 Table 7-5 - Meaning of Modem alarms ............................................................................................................................. 7-7 Table 7-6 - Meaning of ODU alarms ................................................................................................................................. 7-8 Table 7-7 - Meaning of Gigabit Ethernet alarms ............................................................................................................... 7-9 Table 7-8 - Meaning of E1 Tributary alarms ..................................................................................................................... 7-9 Table 7-9 - Meaning of External alarms .......................................................................................................................... 7-10
Page 0-11
0BSYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 - System composition
All SLF-H configurations are built from standard units installed in a 19" 1U chassis. x An IDU (Indoor Unit) composed of: x A Backplane connecting the various IDU units. x x x
1.2 - DESCRIPTION
1.1 - INTRODUCTION
The SLF-H range of microwave radio links provides highly reliable point to point communication with low installation costs in different frequency bands. This high-capacity range of microwave frequencies is characterized by excellent flexibility capabilities in terms of transmission capacity and of frequency bands used. It allows simultaneous or independent transport of Giga Ethernet data and 2Mbit/s links by PDH/Ethernet multiplexing.
An INT mother board providing the various IDU accesses: Giga Ethernet, Wayside, external alarm and relay outputs, serial management ports, PC access. An optional TNM4 card (daughter card) inserted on the mother board and providing 16 ports, E1. A hot pluggable U MODEM providing the cable interface with the ODU; in 1+1 and 2+0 configurations, two Modems are installed in the chassis, each one being associated to an ODU. A hot pluggable FAN module with three speed-controlled fans to cool the IDU.
SLF-H proposes ACM (Adaptive Coding & Modulation) configurations thanks to which the system can automatically and dynamically change of profile (i.e. of modulation scheme) based on the radio channel quality, so that if offers both the best throughput and the best robustness at any time.
SLF-H equipment is available in unprotected 1+0 configuration, in protected 1+1 configuration (Hot Stand By, Space diversity, Frequency diversity) and in 2+0 configuration (XPIC, Frequency Diversity) to double the radio channel capacity. x x
Main telecommunication radio bands covered: 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26, 32 and 38 GHz
4 Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces + 80 optional E1 ports
An ODU (Outdoor Unit) providing the cable interface with the IDU. It consists of one transmitter and one receiver and performs frequency conversion and signal amplification.
Advanced switching and quality of service configuration for Ethernet traffic
Fixed Modulation: QPSK, 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM
A 1+0 terminal using an integrated antenna is presented on Figure 1.1 - SLF-H 1+0 terminal and a 1+1 terminal using a coupler is presented on Figure 1.2.
ACM Modulation: QPSK (two different profiles), 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM (three different profiles)
Radio channel: 7MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz, 56 MHz
XPIC mode (for 28MHz and 56MHz radio channels only)
Integrated measurement of bit and packet errors rate and receive signal level
Wide transmit power range in steps of 0.5 dB
Automatic Tx Power Control (ATPC algorithm)
Synthesizer frequency step: 250 kHz

Integrated antenna ODU
Full software control
Full compliance with ETSI standards
Other features available:

IDU
1 Wayside 10/100BaseT Ethernet channel
Modem
Fan
5 external alarm inputs and 3 configurable relay outputs
1 management interface with two 10/100BaseT Ethernet ports connected by an integrated switch
1 VT100 configuration RS232 interface
Figure 1.1 - SLF-H 1+0 terminal
Page 1-1
Page 1-2
1.2.6 - ODU Versions

SLF-H equipment is available in the following frequency bands: 6 GHz, 7 GHz, 8 GHz, 11 GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23 GHz, 26 GHz, 32 GHz and 38 GHz. Each frequency band is divided into several sub-bands. For each sub-band, there is one Low Band ODU and one high band ODU. The complete list of ODUs is given in APPENDIX 2 The ODU minimum and maximum frequencies indicated in this list correspond to the duplexer useful bandwidth. The minimum and maximum channel frequencies depend on the channel occupied bandwidth and therefore on the capacity. The following diagram summarizes the rules used to determine the minimum and maximum depending on the channel type used: see figure below.
Fmin (ODU) ODU bandwith
Fmax (ODU)
Figure 1.2 - SLF-H 1+1 Terminal (HSB)

20 MHz
Fmin56 = FminODU+20
56 MHz radio channel Fmax56 = FmaxODU-20 20 MHz 28 MHz radio channel
An optional MUX64 SPDH shelf constituted of a "MUX64 Extension SPDH" card providing 64 x 2 Mbit/s ports.
Fmin28 = FminODU+10 10 MHz
Fmax28 = FmaxODU-10 10 MHz
1.2.2 - IDU version
UFX-SP P2 (253302846): GE chassis

Fmin14 = FminODU+5 5 MHz 14 MHz radio channel Fmax14 = FmaxODU-5 5 MHz
UFE-16E1 (253302812): Optional 16E1 extension card (TNM4)
1.2.3 - Modem version
UFC-HW P2 (253115222): fixed or ACM QPSK to 256QAM 7 MHz to 56 MHz, software selectable
Fmin7 = FminODU+2.5 2.5 MHz 7 MHz radio channel Fmax14 = FmaxODU-2.5 2.5 MHz
UFC-HX P2 (253199822): fixed or ACM QPSK to 256QAM 7 MHz to 56 MHz XPIC support, software selectable
1.2.4 - Fan version
UFF P2 (253183126): hot swap fan module. Figure 1.3 - Minimum and maximum channel frequencies
1.2.5 - Optional MUX64 SPDH version

x For a 56 MHz radio channel, the minimum frequency is: FminODU + 20 MHz and the maximum frequency is: FmaxODU - 20 MHz
UFE-R 64E1 (253199728): Optional 64E1 extension chassis
UFE-RL (253311134): Optional 32E1 extension chassis

Page 1-3 Page 1-4 SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D
For a 28 MHz radio channel, the minimum frequency is: FminODU + 10 MHz and the maximum frequency is: FmaxODU - 10 MHz
1.3 - SLF-H FEATURES

1.3.1 - SLF-H block diagrams
The IDU-ODU interface consists of a single coaxial cable in 1+0 system. This cable transports the following frequency multiplexed signals: Uplink: x ODU remote power supply (-48 V DC). x The modulated transmit IF signal (350 MHz). x The uplink telemetry signal consisting of a 5.5 MHz carrier amplitude modulated by a 19200 bit/s digital signal. Downlink: x The modulated receive IF signal (140 MHz). x The downlink telemetry signal consisting of a 10 MHz carrier amplitude modulated by a 19200 bit/s digital signal. The SLF-H block diagram is given below.
For a 14 MHz radio channel, the minimum frequency is: FminODU + 5 MHz and the maximum frequency is: FmaxODU - 5 MHz
For a 7 MHz radio channel, the minimum frequency is: FminODU + 2.5 MHz and the maximum frequency is: FmaxODU - 2.5 MHz
Figure 1.4 - SLF-H block diagram
Page 1-5
Page 1-6
x A 140 MHz demodulator including: x Descrambler LDPC decoder (from which the BER is estimated) De-mapper Digital filter Adaptive equalizer Timing and Carrier recovery ADC 140 MHz I/Q Demodulator and analog filtering
1.3.2 - IDU features
The IDU, which is frequency independent, consists of:
A Microprocessor controlling the system and communicating with the ODU, the remote IDU, the SNMP agent and the Pilot software.
A Gigabit Ethernet Switch providing up to 4 Giga Ethernet interfaces equipped with optical or electrical SFP modules.
An interface with an optional TNM4 card providing 16 x 2 Mbit/s G703 channels; the TNM4 card acts as 2 Mbit/s line interface and tributary multiplexer / demultiplexer.
An extension interface located on the optional TNM4 for connecting an optional MUX64 SPDH chassis offering up to 64 2 Mbit/s G703 channels, leading to a total of up to 80 2 Mbit/s tributaries.
A network management interface compliant with SNMP protocol. This management interface includes 2 Ethernet ports. It communicates with the remote network management interface via an internal service channel (TSL). Once the interface has been configured, it acts as router for the network management traffic.
A DC-DC power supply, providing the tertiary voltage for the whole IDU (+3.3 V). In 1+1 protected and 2+0 systems, the unprotected part of the IDU is powered in parallel by the two power supplies from the two cable interfaces. A hot swap feature allows the Modem to be plugged in and out while powered up.
An interface with 5 external alarm inputs and 3 configurable relay outputs.
A 10/100BaseT Ethernet Wayside channel
1.3.4 - ODU features

The ODU, which is capacity independent, is an integrated unit consisting of: x x x x x x The IDU cable Interface which is the reverse of the Modem interface: Power supply input (-48 V) 350 MHz transmit IF input Uplink telemetry (5.5 MHz) 140 MHz Receive IF output Downlink telemetry (10 MHz) The transmitter which includes two frequency conversions. The frequency synthesis step is 250 kHz The duplexer filter The receiver including two frequency conversions (140 MHz IF output) The ODU power supply The microcontroller which controls the ODU and communicates with the IDU
An RS232 interface to configure the installation
1.3.3 - Modem features
The Modem, which is frequency independent, performs the following functions:
Cable interface with the ODU.
Frequency multiplexing is used to carry the following 5 signals on a coaxial cable:
ODU power supply (-48 V)
Transmit IF which is a carrier at 350 MHz frequency
Uplink telemetry (5.5 MHz) which carries the ODU control signals
Receive IF at 140 MHz
Downlink telemetry (10 MHz) which carries the information returned by the ODU (in particular alarms, receive signal level).
A 350 MHz modulator including:
Scrambler
1.3.5 - MUX64 SPDH shelf features

This optional chassis provides an interface via the TNM4 card allowing to propose 64 x 2 Mbit/s G703 additional ports; this card provides a function of 2 Mbit/s line interface and a function of tributary multiplexer/demultiplexer.
LDPC coder
Mapper
Digital filter
DAC
350 MHz I/Q Modulator and analog filtering
Page 1-7
Page 1-8
0BSYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.4.1.2 - Receiver operation & performances

On the receive side, both receivers are active and receive the same signal from the radio. By default, the selected path in the receiver equipment passes through the Master Modem.
1.4 - PROTECTED CONFIGURATIONS
1.4.1 - 1+1 Hot Stand By
ODU
Master Modem Master
Modem Master
ODU INT ODU

Slave Modem Slave
When a hardware failure is detected on the Master Modem, Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. When a hardware failure is detected on the Master ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Slave ODU that is still receiving. The data will now come from the Slave receiver. No error occurs. When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Master path. No error occurs. The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
INT
Modem Slave
C O Master U P L E ODU R Slave
C O U P L E R
Figure 1.5 - 1+1 Hot Stand By configuration
In that system configuration, there is no radio diversity. Only the hardware (Modems and ODUs) is protected. In an equipment, one Modem-ODU couple is defined as Master", the other couple is defined as Slave.
1.4.1.1 - Transmitter operation & performances
It is also possible to force the selected receiver path (either from the Master or the Slave). This allows the user to verify that both receivers work properly, during system installation for instance: this is the "Maintenance Rx forcing" mode. In that case, the switching is errorless. The system state remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
Only one transmitter is active at a time, the other is muted. Active ODU is independent of the Master" configuration (meaning a Slave can be the active ODU).
1.4.2 - 1+1 Space diversity
When a dissymmetric coupler is used, the path that leads to the least losses should be associated to the Main channel (the channel 1, physically the one at the bottom). When using such a coupler, the user might want to activate the Revertive automatic switching mode, which makes the system come automatically back to the path with the least losses when the hardware state allows it. This provides the best transmit power, and so the best link budget.
Modem Master
ODU
Master
ODU
Master
Modem Master
INT
Modem Slave
INT ODU
Slave
ODU
Slave
When a hardware failure is detected on the Master Modem, Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. Additionally, the ODU associated to the broken Modem is muted and the other one is un-muted. Thanks to these actions, the link is kept up. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. Once the Slave Modem card is repaired and if the Revertive automatic switching is activated, the active ODU may be switched automatically to get back the least loss Tx path. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit.
Modem Slave
Figure 1.6 - 1+1 Space diversity configuration In that system configuration, there is radio protection using space diversity (two independent radio paths are used with one active transmitter and two active receivers; this greatly improves the link availability). The hardware (Modems and ODUs) is protected as well. In an equipment, one Modem-ODU couple is defined as Master" the other couple is defined as Slave.
When a hardware failure is detected on the active transmitter, it is muted and the other one is un-muted and become active, so that the active transmitter has no hardware problem and so the link is kept up. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. Once the fault is cleared and if the Revertive automatic switching is activated, the active ODU is switched automatically to get back the least loss Tx path. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit.

Only one transmitter is active at a time, the other is muted. Active transmitter is independent of the Master" configuration (meaning a Slave can be the active ODU). When a hardware failure is detected on the Master Modem, Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. Additionally, the ODU associated to the broken Modem is muted and the other one is un-muted. Thanks to these actions, the link is kept up. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. When a hardware failure is detected on the active ODU, it is muted and the other one is un-muted and become active, so that the active ODU has no hardware problem and so the link is kept up. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or the muted ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up because the active Master works properly. No error occurs.
The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
The active ODU can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing this system parameter leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
Page 1-9
Page 1-10
In an equipment, one Modem-ODU couple is defined as Master" the other couple is defined as Slave.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up because the active Master works properly. No error occurs. The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.

Both Master and Slave transmitters are active; they emit the exactly same data at two different frequencies. When a hardware failure is detected on the Master (Modem or ODU), Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. When a hardware failure is detected on the Master ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Slave ODU that is still emitting. No error occurs.
The active ODU can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
1.4.2.2 - Receiver operation & performances
On the receive side, both receivers are active and get independent signals (from independent radio paths) carrying the same data.
By default, the selected path in the receiver equipment passes through the Master Modem.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Master path. No error occurs. The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
At each airframe, the system checks whether the data coming from the Master and the Slave contains bit errors or not. If the Master has errors whereas the Rx Slave is clean, then the system selects the airframe from the Slave. This switching is of course errorless.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Master Modem, Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit.
1.4.3.2 - Receiver operation & performances

On the receive side, both receivers are active and get independent signals (from the two emitted frequencies) carrying the same data. By default, the selected path in the receiver equipment passes through the Master Modem. At each airframe, the system checks whether the data coming from the Master and the Slave contains bit errors or not. If the Master has errors whereas the Slave is clean, then the system selects the airframe from the Slave. This switching is of course errorless. When a hardware failure is detected on the Master Modem, Master and Slave states are swapped, so that the new Master Modem has no hardware problem. This switch leads to less than 1s of hit. When a hardware failure is detected on the Master ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Slave ODU that is still receiving. The data will now come from the Slave receiver. No error occurs. When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Master path. No error occurs. The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Master ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Slave ODU that is still receiving. The data will now come from the Slave receiver. No error occurs.
When a hardware failure is detected on the Slave Modem or ODU, no action is taken. The link is still up thanks to the Master path. No error occurs.
The Master/Slave state can be forced using the Pilot interface (for maintenance purpose for instance). Changing these system parameters leads to less than 1s of hit and it remains forced until the user selects the automatic mode back.
1.4.3 - 1+1 Frequency diversity
F1 / F1
ODU
Master Modem Master
ODU INT ODU

Slave Modem Slave
Modem Master
Master
INT
F2 / F2
Modem Slave
ODU
Slave
Figure 1.7 - 1+1 Frequency diversity configuration
In that system configuration, there is radio protection using frequency diversity (two different frequencies are used: two active transmitters and two active receivers, one transmitter being associated to one receiver; this greatly improves the link availability). The hardware (Modems and ODUs) is protected as well.
1.5 - ACM CONFIGURATION
In ACM configuration, the system is able to change automatically and dynamically parameters of the transmitted signal to best match to the radio channel quality. The idea consists in defining several ACM profiles characterized by a modulation scheme and an efficiency of error correcting code. The system will move from an ACM profile to another according to the signal quality estimated at the receiver end. In order to offer a smooth and smart adaptation to the channel capacity at anytime, the SLF-H product offers up to 9 ACM profiles. The highest profile offered is user-configurable and will also depend on the SW license. The lowest profile will depend on the number of PDH tributaries used. Please refer to the Table 4-2. The changes of ACM profile do not generate any bit error and can handle flat fading rates greater than 100dB/s as well as strong selective fading. When the ACM profile is changed, the effective data rate is modified accordingly. For example, when the modulation scheme decreases and/or when the efficiency of the code is increased, the available throughput being able to pass through the radio channel decreases; as a trade-off, the system becomes more robust regarding radio disturbances and so keeps the link up without any bit errors on the still available traffic. Only the rate allocated to the Ethernet traffic is modified to adapt to the current ACM profile. All the other tributaries (PDH, management) keep the exactly same rate whatever is the current ACM profile. If the quality of service (QoS) is activated, the Ethernet shaping is automatically adapted, making it possible to guarantee the quality constraints on the different priority Ethernet flows.
See below a synthetic illustration of ACM:
Maximum profile: The maximum profile defines the ACM profile above which the system will never go. Min GE and Max profiles can be selected among up to 9 ACM profiles. The choice of minimum and maximum profiles is done by the next configuration window:
See 2 for more details concerning the configuration of the quality of Ethernet service.
Four parameters are configurable: the maximum profile, the GE minimum profile, the adaptive tx power, and the ACM 1+1 mode. The parameters are available in the capacity configuration window which is show below (click on the capacity bar on top of Pilot software main screen to open it). A modulation and an Ethernet bandwidth correspond to each profile. The field value GE Bandwidth depend on radio channel bandwidth, ACM profile and number of E1 used. Bandwidth is expressed in L2 Ethernet (Ethernet frame rate out IFG and preamble).
GE Tx mute on profile below:
Page 1-13
Page 1-14
The minimum GE profile corresponds to the ACM profile under which the Ethernet traffic will be cut. It is therefore possible to adjust the parameters of Ethernet QoS based on the bandwidth corresponding to the selected minimum profile (adjustment of the metering or of the shaping of the strict priority class). However, the system can still continue moving down of modulation so it can keep the other tributaries up (E1, Wayside, TSL) as long as possible in case of strong radio disturbance; only the Ethernet will be cut off.
ACM Adaptive TX power:
When disabled, the max output power of the radio transmitter is fixed at the max output power offered by the highest selected modulation scheme offered within the several ACM profiles (modulation of Maximum profile). Under channel degradation, the ACM profile is changed down as soon as a predefined threshold is crossed. Under channel improvement, the ACM profile is changed up as soon as a predefined threshold is crossed.
This strategy ensures that: - the system always offers the best and highest output power, leading to an improved overall link budget - the right output power is always used for each modulation scheme, making sure that the performances are good for each one of them As a trade-off, changing the output power needs some time. Therefore, the optimized working of ACM with adaptive output power is achieved under rather slower fading events. Also, the ETSI standard specifies that the applicable ETSI class in ACM mode must be supported by all the ACM profiles. Because of the high max output power offered by the QPSK modulation scheme, the system can only comply with the class 2 (whatever is the selected maximum profile). When ACM Adaptive TX power is enabled, the transmit power configuration remains the same as when it is disabled. The configuration is always performed for the configured Maximum profile modulation. When changing profile, applied transmit power will be equal to the configured transmit power plus a power increase corresponding to the difference of maximum transmit power between maximum modulation and current modulation. This power increase depends on the ODU type and radio frequency used. For example, with 15GHz ODU H, if the maximum profile has a modulation scheme 256QAM, and the configured transmit power is 17dBm, the current transmit powers in the different modulations will be as follows: 256QAM: 17 dBm 128QAM: 18 dBm 64QAM: 18 dBm 32QAM: 23 dBm 16QAM: 23 dBm QPSK: 26 dBm Note that the transmit power displayed on the Pilot software is always the one configured for the maximum modulation, even if current modulation is below that. The maximum transmit power for each modulation, ODU type, and radio frequency is available in the performances sheets.
This strategy ensures that: - system can face extremely fast fading events in an optimized way, making it very robust regarding any radio phenomenon - applicable ETSI class (up to class 6B) allows the customer to comply with all requirements of local radio regulators and make it easier to get radio licenses As a trade-off, the max output power is limited to this offered by the highest modulation and remains the same for all other modulation schemes.
ACM mode (1+1 protection): As 1+1 configuration is generally associated with non symmetrical couplers, the receive signal level of the standby receiver is lower than the main receiver. So, in case of ACM, two strategies are available: maximum throughput mode with lower protection, or maximum protection mode. In 1+1 configuration, the profile to be used by the remote transmitter(s) is decided by the local equipment according to the quality of its two received signals. - Max throughput mode: The highest profile between this allowed by the Master modem and this allowed by the Slave modem is used. Therefore, if the channel quality of the Master is degraded whereas the Slave one is still good, the system wont move down of profile; both Master and Slave will remain at the highest profile. The system first switches without error between the reception of the Master and of the Slave before changing of ACM profile. This solution provides to the user an optimized using of the available channel capacity. Exemple:
When enabled, the max output power of the radio transmitter is adapted depending on the current modulation scheme so that it always offers the highest reachable output power. Under channel degradation, the ACM profile is changed down as soon as a predefined threshold is crossed. Then the output power is improved up. Under channel improvement, the output power is reduced as soon as a predefined threshold is crossed. Then the ACM profile is changed up.
Page 1-15
Page 1-16
In 2+0 configurations (either XPIC or FD), three modes are available for the PDH traffic: - All E1 on one channel: Every PDH tributaries are carried over the same radio channel (channel 1). - E1 split over the two channels: In this mode, the PDH tributaries are split over the two radio channels. This can be relevant especially in ACM mode to make the system able to use lower ACM profile and so offer a better overall link availability. - E1 duplicated over the two channels: This mode is a protected configuration for the PDH tributaries. They are all duplicated and carried over the two radio channels. On the receive side, the system will forward the incoming radio traffic from the receiver that offers the best performances. This mode improves the PDH availability. As a trade off, the available Ethernet throughput is reduced. Nb of E1 0 2 4 8 16 32 48 64 80 All E1 on one channel Channel 1 Channel 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 8 0 16 0 32 0 48 0 64 0 80 0 E1 split over the two channels E1 duplicated over the two channels Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2* 2* 4 4 4* 4* 8 8 8* 8* 16 16 16 16 32 32 32 16 48 48 32 32 64 64 48 32 80 80 * E1 lost if the other channel is lost
- Max protection mode: The lowest profile between this allowed by the modem Master and this allowed by the modem Slave is used. Therefore, if the channel quality of the Slave is degraded whereas the Master one is still good, the system wont remain at the highest profile; both Master and Slave will move down of profile. The system first changes of profile before switching between the reception of the Master and of the Slave. Exemple:
1.6 - 2+0 CONFIGURATIONS
The 2+0 configuration allows the system to double its transmission capacity. To do so, it uses two different radio channels independently. This is achieved either by using two different frequencies (2+0 Frequency Diversity) or two different polarizations at the same frequency (2+0 XPIC). 2+0 modes are available in the protection configuration window (accessible from the protection button on the main window of the Pilot software). Bellow is a screenshot of the window.
The Ethernet traffic is split over the two channels in all modes. The available total Ethernet bandwidth depends on the number of E1 on each channel. To compute Ethernet bandwidth, refer to the performances sheets to find the right configuration for each channel and simply sum the values obtained for both channels. Since the ACM feature can be used in 2+0 configurations, this means that the radio bandwidth can change dynamically and independently on the two channels. In order to guarantee an optimized using of the available bandwidth at any time, the Ethernet traffic is split over the two channels based on a proprietary and patented solution, ensuring the QoS and keeping the frame order.
1.6.1 - 2+0 FD
In that case, the system uses two different frequencies: one for each of the two radio channels.
Page 1-17
Page 1-18
F1 / F1
Modem 1
ODU
Modem 1
ODU
1
INT ODU
Modem 2
F2 / F2
INT
2
Modem 2
ODU
1.6.2 - 2+0 XPIC
XPIC requires the use of specific modem cards including an Interference canceller ASIC (XPIC algorithm) and uses 2 ODUs linked to a double-polarization antenna.
Modem1 XPIC V
ODU
Modem1 XPIC
ODU INT5 ODU

H Modem2 XPIC
INT5
Modem2 XPIC
ODU
This configuration offers therefore two radio channels using the same path and at the same frequency. These two channels differ by the used polarization of the electromagnetic waves.
Due to physical limitations (antenna cross polar discrimination, antenna alignment, radio propagation conditions ), the two signals will interfere with each other, making it mandatory to implement a cross polarisation interference canceller at the receiver side. Thanks to that, the receiver sensitivity performances are equivalent to those of non XPIC modes. This is achieved by using a specific architecture on the modem card.
No XPIC
V H
XPIC
Page 1-19
Page 1-20
1BGIGABIT ETHERNET FUNCTION

If the radio condition requires a lower profile than the minimum configured, the GE transmission is cut on the radio port (all frames dropped).
2. GIGABIT ETHERNET FUNCTION

2.3 - TOPOLOGIES
Three main modes corresponding to different topologies can be implemented.
This chapter introduces the Gigabit Ethernet functions available in equipment. It is recommended to read this chapter before going further into Ethernet QOS configuration. Detailed description of the configuration can be found in chapter 5.3 -)
2.1 - INTRODUCTION
2.3.1 - 4 EPLINE mode
SLF-H embeds a full layer 2 switch with advanced QOS (Quality Of Service) features. 4 GE port are available on the front panel of each IDU. An additional internal port allows the switch to send traffic over the radio to the other side of the link. Several configurations allow controlling services connectivity within the switch. MEF EPLINE/EVPLINE/EPLAN and EVPLAN modes are available. Equipment is capable of performing SVLAN tagging (push/pop/keep) according to flexible classification criteria. 4 classes of services are available to classify traffic and enforce the QOS. Metering can be used to limit the rate of certain flows.
In this mode, no tag action is performed. Frames remain unmodified, and are only transmitted to the other side of the link. Each GE port is connected to the radio port: GE ports are PVE (Private Virtual Edge). Frames can't be transmitted between two local GE ports, but only between a GE port and the radio. However, frames can be transmitted from radio port to any GE port. For example a frame can enter equipment on port 1, be transmitted over the link, and leave remote equipment on port 2 (depending on the remote equipment forwarding database). No Tag is added on the frames, but frames can already contain one or more VLAN tag. QOS is only performed on the radio port in this mode. GE ports are supposed to have enough available bandwidth to avoid making egress congestions.
2.3.2 - Advanced mode

In advanced mode, each port (GE ports and radio port) can be involved either in EPLAN mode or EVPLINE/EVPLAN modes. The difference between the two modes is mainly the VLAN awareness.
2.2 - PORTS
2.2.1 - Definition 2.3.2.1 - EPLAN mode

In this mode, frames can be switched to any other port configured inside the EPLAN. No tagging action is performed. QOS is performed on all ports involved in the EPLAN.
The "radio port" allows the radio transmission between the two terminals. Since the radio transmission bandwidth is limited, this is the main point of congestion for the Ethernet transmission. The available bandwidth depends on the radio configuration (modulation, radio channel bandwidth) and the number of optional E1 channels activated. ACM and 2+0 configurations (XPIC) also affect the available bandwidth. GE ports are the Gigabit Ethernet transmission accesses; they can be associated with either optical interfaces (SX or LX), or electrical interfaces (10/100/1000BaseT). Electrical SFP ports can handle throughputs of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s in Full or Half duplex, except for 1000 Mbit/s which must be in Full duplex. The rate and mode can be auto negotiated with the remote equipment connected to the Ethernet port.
2.3.2.2 - EVPLINE/EVPLAN modes

In this mode, frames are switched based on SVLAN Id. Each port can be involved in one or more SVLAN services. Tagging action can be performed. Different ports mode are available. UNI port mode: UNI (User to Network Interface) ports are tagging points in a network. Frame which ingress the equipment on these ports will receive an additional SVLAN tag (push tag). Frames which egress the equipment on these ports will loose a tag (pop tag). Ingress frame may already contain a VLAN tag, in this case 802.1 QinQ is performed.
2.2.2 - Jumbo frames
Equipment in its default configuration accepts frame size from 64 to 2048 bytes. If the Ethernet frames received on the GE ports are larger than 2048 bytes, "Jumbo frame" mode must be configured. When jumbo frame is enabled, frame size can go up to 10000 bytes.
2.2.3 - Available Ethernet radio bandwidth (ACM)
I_NNI port mode: I_NNI (Internal Network to Network Interface) ports are supposed to be inside the network. Frames which ingress these ports should be SVLAN tagged. Frames which egress these ports will keep existing tag. No tagging action will be performed. Internal means the port works in trust mode, and will use the priority bits inside SVLAN tag of ingress frames to determine QOS parameters (classification, drop precedence). 802.1ad PCP encoding table is used for that. Priority bits won't be rewritten in this case. E_NNI port mode: E_NNI (External Network to Network Interface) ports are equivalent to I_NNI, except that the priority bits are not trusted, and thus redefined and rewritten when frame ingress the equipment. Except from priority rewrite, no tagging action will be performed.
The modulation of the equipment Modem(s) can be configured into fixed or ACM (Adaptive Coding & Modulation) mode. In ACM, the operator defines the range of profiles which can be used by the modems. A profile is a combination of a modem coding gain and a modulation. The higher the profile is, the higher the modulation order is, and the lower the code strength is. The available radio bandwidth for GE traffic depends on the current profile used. The Ethernet bandwidth will be able to vary from a maximum value (Bandwidth GE max) to a minimal value (Bandwidth GE min) corresponding to the maximum and minimum profiles defined for the ACM. The interest of ACM is to offer a transmission without error for the priority traffic even in case of bad radio conditions. This result in an increased availability for higher priority traffic compared to fixed modulation mode. Lower priority traffic will still pass through when possible, resulting in a lower availability for this kind of traffic.
Page 2-1
Page 2-2
2.4 - SERVICE QUALITY (QOS)
2.4.1 - Generalities
Classification is performed on ingress side, and applied on egress side. This means for example that if a classification is defined on port 1, frame that ingress on port 1 will be classified in the destination port TC according to port 1 classification. Congestion handling, and priority enforcement (scheduling) will be enforced on egress side (for example on another port, or radio port, according to frame destination address).
2.4.3 - Metering
For each classification (or flow), it's possible to measure ingress rate. A contractual limit, CIR (Committed Information Rate) can be defined. When metering mode is enabled, the ingress rate of each flow will be monitored. Frames in flows below the CIR limit will be marked green. Frames in flows above the CIR limit will be marked partly green and partly yellow (rate of green frames within flow will be equal to CIR). On egress side, frame color marking will influence frame drop decision in case of congestion (see chapters below).
The transport of the Ethernet frames induces two problems which are the traffic congestion on egress port (mainly the radio port) and the time of routing of the frames through the equipment (latency time, ie. the delay between the instant a frame is sent on one side of the link, and the instant this frame is received on the other side). Four classes of service are available on each port of the equipment. When congestion occurs, the priority of different classes will allow prioritizing part of the traffic. When no congestion occurs, no frames are dropped, all frames egress the equipment as fast as possible. When congestion occurs, frame with higher priority will be transmitted first, and if possible, lower priority frames will be transmitted if there is enough bandwidth left. The quality of service makes it possible to allocate guaranteed rates for Ethernet flows, to support the priority frames in the treatment of the congestion and to reduce their latency time.
2.4.2 - Frames classification 2.4.4.1 - Description
2.4.4 - Congestion handling
Several actions are involved in the congestion handling: - Limitation of the output rate on port. - Implementation of a GE flow control (Flow Control). - Destruction (Drop) of frames (with different drop criteria).
The quality of services uses 4 queues on each port. These queues are known as traffic class (TC). The four queues are named TC0, TC1, TC2, and TC3. Each TC has a different priority: - TC3: Very high priority traffic class: Strict priority - TC2: High priority traffic class: Weighted Round Robin 16 - TC1: Medium priority traffic class: Weighted Round Robin 8 - TC0: Low priority traffic class : Weighted Round Robin 4
2.4.4.2 - Limitation of port bandwidth
The classification (assignment of Ethernet streams to a SVLAN service and a CoS) can be performed on several types of criteria:
Classification all UNI
Accessible in topology
Accessible in port mode
Port based
User priority based all UNI
To be able to manage the congestion, it is necessary to limit the rate on the egress port (with a port shaping) in order to guarantee that egress frames won't be dropped after QOS enforcement point. For the radio port, the bandwidth limit comes from the radio capacity. For GE port, limitation comes from port speed configuration (or negotiation). The shaping is activated when QOS mode is enabled. When QOS mode is disabled, frames will be dropped randomly in the modem queue, and no QOS will be performed. When QOS mode is enabled, the shaping is automatically configured by the equipment according to its current configuration. For GE ports, shaping can be disabled, or manually configured if needed. When GE port shaping is disabled, or configured manually to an excessive value, no QOS can be enforced on frames that egress on this port. Automatic shaping mode for GE ports configure automatically the port shaping to the highest safe value, making sure that no frames will be dropped after the shaper, and thus ensuring QOS proper enforcement.
CVLAN Id based all UNI
2.4.4.3 - Flow control

EVPLINE/EVPLAN I_NNI, E_NNI
SVLAN Id base
User predefined all
Description Classify all frames that ingress on a port Classify based on UP field of CVLAN tag of ingress frames (CVLAN EtherType must be 0x8100) Classify based on VLAN Id field of CVLAN tag of ingress frames Id can be a single value or a range of values (CVLAN EtherType must be 0x8100) Classify based on VLAN Id field of SVLAN tag of ingress frames (SVLAN EtherType can be configured) Classify based on one of each of the 8 user predefined filters which can be: - MAC address - IP DSCP field - IP protocol - IP addresses - UDP/TCP ports UNI
Each port can be configured in a given classification (but two different classifications can't be used on the same port). Default modes can be used to classify remaining frames.
Flow control can be used to prevent loosing frames when congestion happens. In case of congestion, equipment will send pause frames from GE ports, to stop incoming streams. When congestion is solved, incoming streams are allowed back. The congestion detection is based on the number of frame waiting to be handled by the radio port. When the number of waiting frame crosses a certain threshold (before total buffering capacity is reached) pause frames are sent. A second threshold (lower) ends the pause to resume transmission. For the flow control to work properly, the equipments connected to GE ports must be able to handle pause frame, and be configured to do so (the flow control is often disabled by default on network equipments). Flow control will only send pause frames out of GE ports. Transmission between local and remote radio ports can't be shutdown by flow control mechanism.
Page 2-3
Page 2-4
2.4.4.4 - Drop of frames
2.4.4.4.1 - Principe
In the Pilot interface, to allow more flexible configurations, there is no control performed on the CIR defined for each flows. The CIR is defined for ingress flows, but the total CIR limit is applied on egress side. This makes the total CIR available dependent on the destination port, which is a dynamic decision taken inside the switch in EPLAN/EVPLAN modes and depends on the services configuration. It's the user responsibility to ensure that no oversubscription is made for CIR reservation. 2.4.4.4.5 - Shaping of "Very High Priority" traffic class
When flow control is not activated, and congestion occurs, some frames must be dropped. To control how frames will be dropped, two mechanisms exist. First the frames are queued in different traffic classes. Each traffic class can be independently overflowed or not. The higher the priority of the queue is the fewer frames are dropped. Another mechanism can be used, to control, stream by stream, on which stream the frames should be dropped. This is the policing function (coupled with metering). It is used mainly to avoid loosing frame from all streams when one stream is exceeding its normal bandwidth.
2.4.4.4.2 - Output queues (traffic classes)
The Very High Priority queue (TC3) is of type SP (Strict Priority). This queue is served as soon as there is a frame in it; if no TC3 shaping is applied. Otherwise, the queue is served has soon as possible when its shaping allows it. (See below, shaping of very high priority)
If the metering is not used (disabled), the output rate of the Very High Priority queue can be limited with a dedicated shaping, called TC3 shaping (or SPTC shaping). The SPTC shaping can be defined globally for the whole IDU to disable, or as a percentage of each port bandwidth. It can also be configured on a per port basis to disable, or to a percentage of port bandwidth, or to a manually set value. In ACM mode, for the radio port, the port bandwidth taken into account for SPTC percentage is the highest profile bandwidth.
2.5 - MAC FILTERING

The Switch can drop frames according to their source or destination MAC address (black list, maximum 16 addresses per port). The MAC addresses are independently defined for each GE.
The High Priority, Normal Priority, Low Priority queues are of type WRR (Weighted Round Robin). The principle is that the emptying of these queues is done in turn, considering each queue weight. The weight defines the bandwidth ratio to a given queue can take on the bandwidth available to all WRR queues.. The weights are respectively 16, 8 and 4 for the High Priority, Normal Priority and Low Priority queues. For example if all WRR queues are fully loaded and that the available bandwidth for all WRR queues is 100, the resulting bandwidth will be: TC2: 100 x 16 / (16 + 8 + 4) = 57.1 TC1: 100 x 8 / (16 + 8 + 4) = 28.6 TC0: 100 x 4 / (16 + 8 + 4) = 14.3
2.6 - COUNTERS
The Switch can read the statistics counters for the data passing through each port; they are classified as transmission/reception and with/without errors and can be reset for all ports at the same time. Probes can also be defined on each classification flow, to count frame under and above the CIR limit (green and yellow frames).
2.4.4.4.3 - Control of flows rate (policing)
Drop
The Very High Priority queue does not accept yellow frames. If a yellow frame is classified in this queue, the frame will be dropped automatically (even if the queue is empty). The other queues can accept both yellow and green frames. Green frames are always accepted. Yellow frames are queued only if the destination queue is empty enough. Internally there is a queue level threshold. If the queue level is under the threshold, yellow frames are accepted. If the queue level is above the threshold, yellow frames are not queued (they are dropped).
In the end, the result will be that when a given TC is under congestion, yellow frames will be dropped, and green frames will pass. When there is no congestion, all frames will pass. Thus the green frames (coming from streams that respect their CIR) will not be dropped.
PIR
A rate higher than the CIR is allowed for flows which are not classified in the Very High Priority. The possible maximum rate PIR (Peak Information Rate) of a flow is equal to the bandwidth of the destination port.
2.4.4.4.4 - CIR/PIR values
In fixed modulation mode, the total CIR available is equal to the available Ethernet bandwidth on the destination port. For GE port, the maximum CIR is equal to the PIR, which is the port bandwidth (configured or negotiated). For radio port, if the radio capacity is in fixed modulation mode, the CIR is also equal to the PIR, which is the available Ethernet bandwidth on the link (depending on the configuration). For radio port if the radio capacity is in ACM mode the PIR is the bandwidth of the highest profile, and the CIR is equal to the bandwidth of the minimum profile.
Page 2-5
Page 2-6
2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
3. INSTALLATION
To install the IDU in a 19-inch rack: x
3.3 - IDU INSTALLATION
3.1 - INTRODUCTION
Faston socket
Attach the IDU in the 19 inch rack using M6 stainless steel screws of 12 mm. This attachment grounds the IDU to the earth.
This paragraph explains how to install and set up SLF-H radio links.
The main topics covered are:
Unpacking the Equipment,
x Figure 3.1 - IDU installation x
IDU installation,
Antenna installation,
ODU installation, An additional grounding is possible by the use of a Faston plug (left side of the IDU). Use a 6 mm2 section yellow/green cable (minimum length required).
IDU to ODU coaxial cable installation,
Connecting IDU to external equipment, Note: when more than one IDU are to be mounted in the rack, it is recommended to keep a gap of 1 unit between two IDUs.
Possible installation of an E1 ports extension MUX64 SPDH shelf (optional),
Powering up the system.
3.4 - ANTENNA INSTALLATION

Three types of antenna are available for SLF-H radios: x
3.2 - UNPACKING THE EQUIPMENT
Verify that the items received are compliant with the packing list.
If any part of the equipment is damaged, contact Sagemcom for repair or replacement instructions. x x
The IDU, the Modem(s) card(s), the FAN card, the ODU and the MUX64 SPDH shelf are packaged in separate boxes.
Integrated antenna with SLF-H mechanical interface (0.3 m, 0.6 m, 0.9 m, 1.2 m or 1.8 m diameter). The ODU is directly attached on the antenna using latches. In 1+1 configuration, a coupler can be attached directly to the integrated antenna, the ODUs being attached in the same way on the coupler. External antenna with standard rectangular waveguide interface, which is connected to the SLF-H ODU with a flex guide. External dual polarized antenna (frequency diversity or XPIC configurations) connected by flex guides to two ODUs.
The IDU box contains the IDU equipped or not with a TNM4 card according to the customer configuration, a power supply cable and a CD-ROM including the user manual, performances data, cable drawings and the PilotLauncher software.
The FAN box contains the FAN unit only.
Antennas models depend on the frequency bands:
The Modem(s) box contains one or two Modems unit(s) according to the customer configuration 1+0 or 1+1 or 2+0. Modem(s) can either be XPIC-capable or not, according to the customer order.
The ODU box contains the ODU only.
The MUX64 SPDH box contains the MUX64 SPDH chassis, a power supply cable and the cable needed to link it to the IDU.
Whenever possible, save packages and shipping material, in case the equipment has to be returned.
x 6 GHz (6L) o 5.9 - 6.4 GHz x 6 GHz (6H)o 6.4 - 7.1 GHz x 7 GHz o 7.1 - 7.7 GHz x 8 GHz o 7.7 - 8.5 GHz x 11 GHz o 10.7 - 11.7 GHz x 13 GHz o 12.75 - 13.25 GHz x 15 GHz o 14.4 - 15.35 GHz x 18 GHz o 17.7 - 19.7 GHz x 23 GHz o 21.2 - 23.6 GHz x 26 GHz o 24.5 - 26.5 GHz x 32 GHz o 31.8 - 33.4 GHz x 38 GHz o 37 - 39.5 GHz
Page 3-1
Page 3-2
2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
Alternative antennas to those specified by Sagemcom may be used, but they must meet the following requirements:
3.5 - ODU INSTALLATION

Depending on the configuration and on the antenna type, there are several ODU mounting possibilities:
x x x
minimum gain to achieve adequate link margin, radiation Pattern Envelope compliant to the network and country regulations, mechanical characteristics to meet specific site requirements (wind and frost resistance).
3.5.1 - 1+0 Configuration with integrated antenna

The ODU is directly attached to the antenna with 4 latches. It is connected to the IDU by a single coaxial cable terminated with N connectors.
Note:
with some antennas, a pressurizing system is required. It is essential to observe the manufacturer's recommendations:
y installation and connection of a pressurizing system if the antenna is connected to the ODU
with a waveguide;
use pressurization windows and seals to protect waveguide connections.
3.4.1 - Antenna mount
In most cases, the antenna mounts consist of tubular poles (diameter 88.9 to 114 mm).
If the antenna is installed on towers using another type of structure (e.g., square-section tower), special mounting kits must be used for this support.
The following precautions must always be taken:
- Allow enough clearance (r10) about the alignment axis. Leave also adequate space around the ODU to allow easy mounting/dismantling.
- Make sure that nothing obstructs the link between the two antennas, even partially.
- Install a lightning rod (Franklin) and earthing.
Note: if there is an existing lightning rod, make sure that the ODU installation site is covered by the lightning protection cone. Figure 3.2 - ODU SLF-H with integrated antenna
- Misalignment under extreme weather conditions must not exceed r 20 min angle in elevation and azimuth. Setting the polarization: For antennas with a circular waveguide interface (7 GHz, 8 GHz, 32 GHz or 38 GHz), polarization setting depends only on the ODU position. For vertical polarization, make sure that the arrow on the ODU cover is vertical, for horizontal polarization, turn the ODU 90 degrees.
The antenna mount may be secured in different ways depending on the antenna installation site type and environment:
- Mounting pole secured to the HEA section with back-plates or clips each side of the HRA section.
- Mounting pole secured to a concrete base plate with threaded rods embedded in the base.
- Wall-mounted staff (attached using dowels or back-plates with threaded rods).
- Antenna mount secured directly to a tower tube (diameter 88.9 or 114 mm).
3.4.2 - Antenna Installation

Vertical polarization Horizontal polarization
Figure 3.3 - Polarization setting in 1+0 configuration
Refer to the antenna manufacturer's instructions.
Page 3-3
Page 3-4
2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
If the integrated antenna has a rectangular waveguide interface (6 GHz, 11 GHz, 13 GHz, 15 GHz, 18 GHz, 23 GHz or 26 GHz), then the choice of polarization depends on the antenna source position. Note that in this case, the large side of the waveguides, antenna side, and the ODU must coincide. For vertical polarization, the large side of the waveguide must be in horizontal position. ODU side, the arrow at the back of the box must be in vertical position. For horizontal polarization, the large side of the waveguide must be in vertical position and the arrow on the ODU must be in horizontal position.
3.5.2 - 1+0 Configuration with pole mount and standard antenna
For standard antennas (i.e. large diameter), the ODU is mounted on a pole with a specific mounting kit and connected to the antenna with a standard rectangular flex guide. Figure 3.5 - SLF-H 1+1 configuration with coupler and integrated antenna
In this case, polarization depends on the antenna source position (vertical polarization is obtained when the large side of the antenna waveguide is horizontal).
Vertical polarization
Horizontal polarization
Figure 3.6 - Polarization setting on 1+1 coupler
Figure 3.4 - ODU SLF-H mounted on pole
3.5.4 - 1+1 hot standby configuration with remote mounted coupler and standard antenna
The coupler is attached on the remote mount and connected to the standard antenna by a rectangular flex waveguide. The two ODUs are mounted vertically each side of the coupler, in compliance with the instructions shown on the coupler. Each ODU is connected to its Modem with a coaxial cable. Polarization setting is done antenna side. It is also necessary to identify ODU cables (Main or Standby) with labels. The IDU has two Modems connected to ODUs operating at the same frequency. The standby transmitter is configured automatically by the software in "Mute" position.
3.5.3 - "Hot standby" 1+1 configuration with coupler and integrated antenna
In this configuration, the coupler is attached on the integrated antenna with four latches. Two ODUs are mounted each side of the coupler with four latches. Depending on the type of coupler, the ODUs are mounted differently. Refer to the instructions marked on the coupler.
Each ODU is connected to its Modem by a coaxial cable. As in most cases the coupler is not symmetrical, it is important to identify which ODU is connected to the main position, and which ODU is connected to protection (standby) position. The main and standby ODU positions are indicated on the coupler.
Whatever the polarization, the coupler is always mounted in the same position (the ODUs must be vertical).
The IDU has two Modems connected to ODUs operating at the same frequency. The standby transmitter is configured automatically by the software in "Mute" position.
Page 3-5
Page 3-6
2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
3.5.5 - 1+1 space diversity configuration with 2 antennas
3.6 - INSTALLING THE IDU TO ODU COAXIAL CABLE
This configuration is similar to "hot standby" except that the ODUs are not coupled to the same antenna: they are located at different positions, each connected to its own antenna.
This configuration is possible with integrated or standard antennas.
The IDU has two Modems connected to ODUs operating at the same frequency. The standby transmitter is configured automatically by the software in "Mute" position.
Two types of cable are recommended: RG8/X (1/4") for lengths less than or equal to 70 m, and RG8/U (3/8") for length less than or equal to 200 m. Andrew LDF4-50A cable can be used for lengths up to 500 m. Other cables may be used, but must be compatible as regards outdoor use (resistance to UV), losses, (generally, cable attenuation in its total length shouldnt go above 18dB at 350MHz), shielding (double or triple braid) and characteristics impedance (50 Ohm, N male straight connectors at each end). Only connectors recommended by the cable manufacturer should be used. These connectors must be assembled in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Since the Modem ODU access is a TNC type connector, an optional RG223/U Type stub cable equipped with a 50 ohm angled male TNC connector at one end and a 50 ohm straight female N connector at the other must be inserted between the cable connecting the ODU and the Modem; this cable can be ordered from Sagemcom (see Table 3-7 - Cable References for SLF-H). Self-vulcanizing tape is wound around the connectors to make them water-tight.
3.5.6 - 1+1 frequency diversity configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna
In this configuration, each ODU is remote mounted on a pole and connected to an antenna access with a flex guide. It is important to identify the cables of the ODU mounted in vertical polarization (main) and that mounted in horizontal polarization (protection).
The IDU has two Modems connected to ODUs operating at the two different frequencies. The two transmitters transmit permanently.
3.5.7 - 1+1 frequency diversity configuration with 2 antennas
Note: cables must be installed in compliance with the national and local regulations of the installation site. Special precautions are necessary when installing cables to prevent possible damage by lightning (regular grounding).
In this configuration, each ODU is connected to its own antenna.
In 1+1 configuration, it is important to distinguish between the cable connected to the main ODU and that connected to the standby ODU. If the cables are not labelled, it is necessary to perform a resistance check to identify each cable.
3.5.8 - 2+0 frequency diversity configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna
Disconnect the cable IDU side and short circuit the connector main ODU side (the standby ODU connector being in open circuit). Measure the resistance of the two cables IDU side using a multimeter. The cable to be connected on the main ODU is that with the lower resistance (now identify the cables ODU and IDU side with a label, sticker, etc.). Before reconnecting the IDU cables, disconnect the short circuit ODU side. Clean the connectors if necessary and connect the cables on each ODU. Cable Grounding Good lightning protection is provided by grounding the antenna cable at several points. A cable grounding kit is available on option.
In this configuration, each ODU is remote mounted on a pole and connected to an antenna access with a flex guide. It is important to identify the cables of the ODU mounted in vertical polarization (channel 1) and that mounted in horizontal polarization (channel 2).
3.5.9 - 2+0 frequency diversity configuration with 2 antennas
In this configuration, each ODU is connected to its own antenna.
The number of grounding points required mainly depends on the cable length. Good protection is achieved with: x A grounding kit on the cable as close as possible to the ODU x A grounding kit on the cable at the building entrance x A grounding kit on the cable at the bottom of the pylon x A grounding kit every 50 meters
3.5.10 -
2+0 XPIC configuration with remote mounts and dual polarized antenna
In this configuration, each ODU is remote mounted on a pole and connected to an antenna access with a flex guide. It is important to identify the cables of the ODU mounted in vertical polarization (channel 1) and that mounted in horizontal polarization (channel 2).
The IDU has two Modems connected to ODUs operating at the same frequency. The two transmitters transmit permanently.
Page 3-7
Page 3-8
2BINSTALLATION
These modules can be 1000BaseSX (multimode optical), 1000BaseLX (single-mode optical) or 10/100/1000BaseT (electrical) Each Gigabit Ethernet port is configured independently: one port can be configured with an electrical module, another with an optical module. Note that the remote terminal ports are configured independently from those of the local terminal. x 2 Mbit/s optional ports "TRIB 1-8" and "TRIB 9-16" G703 44-pin DB connector: configurable by software either in 75: coaxial mode or in 120: balanced mode. This configuration is carried out by connector. x "Trib extension" port - 44-pin DB connector for connecting cable with an E1 extension MUX64 SPDH shelf. x 1 or 2 "ODU" ports TNC connector: connection with the ODU. x One ground connection (male "Faston" connector).
2BINSTALLATION
3.7 - CONNECTING THE IDU TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT
3.7.1 - IDU Front panel accesses
All IDU accesses are located on the front panel:
Interface connector for 2Mbit/s extension
PC serial port
2Mbit/s optional accesses Trib 1-8 Trib 9-16
3.7.2 - Description of accesses and connectors

Fans
-48 V input
Wayside channel
Giga Ethernet access
Alarms Inputs/Outputs
Ethernet management ports
3.7.2.1 - "POWER" access 4-pin connector

Power connection is via a 4-pin male connector with the following pinout.
Figure 3.7 - Front panel of the SLF-H IDU in 1+0 configuration
Modem 2 To ODU2
Green Power Led
Pin
To ODU1 Modem 1
Signal name -48V A GND A GND B -48V B -48 V DC Ground Ground -48 V DC
Meaning
On/off switch
1 2 3 4
Figure 3.8 - Front panel of the SLF-H IDU in 1+1 configuration
Table 3-1 - 4-pin "POWER" connector pinout
Note: in 1+1 Hot Stand By configuration, since asymmetric couplers are used, the ODU 1 will be the main ODU and the ODU 2 will be the standby ODU.
3.7.2.2 - The connector pinout is as follows:
x "POWER" access 4-pin connector: -48 V power supply input (voltage between -39 VDC and -59 VDC),
1
9 2 3
6 5
x "Serial" (PC) access 9-pin DB connector: serial management access for connection to a PC. This access is used to consult or change the IP address of the Ethernet Mgmt ports and the equipment virtual IP address.
x "Alarms IN/OUT" access high density 15-pin DB connector: includes the 5 external alarm inputs and the 3 programmable relay outputs.
Output Input
Ground
x Four Ethernet ports RJ 45 connectors:
x 1 "Protect" port reserved for future external IDU protection.
Figure 3.9 - "Serial" connector pinout
x 1 "Wayside" 10/100BaseT port: auxiliary channel.
x 2 x 10/100BaseT ports dedicated to network management "Mgmt1" and "Mgmt2".
3.7.2.3 - "Alarms in/out" access High density 15-pin DB connector

This connector allows access to:
x Four Gigabit Ethernet ports "GbE1", "GbE2", "GbE3", "GbE4: these ports receive optical SFP (LC/PC connector) or electrical (RJ45 connector) modules.
Page 3-9
Page 3-10
2BINSTALLATION
Pin
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 RELAY 1NO Relay #1 Normally Open RELAY 1C Relay #1 Common RELAY 2NO Relay #2 Normally Open RELAY 2C Relay #2 Common RELAY 3NC Relay #3 Normally Closed RELAY 1NC Relay #1 Normally Closed GND Ground RELAY 2NC Relay #2 Normally Closed RELAY 3NO Relay #3 Normally Open RELAY 3C Relay #3 Common
2BINSTALLATION
Signal Description
3 configurable relay outputs: these alarms are managed by the Pilot software. The electrical interface for each relay is given below:
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Common
Figure 3.10 - Relay output electrical interface
The 3 relay contacts are available. These contacts can be assigned either to internal alarms of the equipment, external alarms, or a combination of the two. The alarm state corresponds to the relay in standby position (normally closed).
Table 3-2 - "Alarm IN/OUT" connector pinout
5 external alarms (inputs)
Open : no alarm if con figu red in nor ma l position (N) Closed: alarm if confifgure d in normal position (N) S LF-H
3.7.2.4 - "Mgmt" and "Wayside" Ethernet ports

RJ 45 connectors are used for Ethernet type signals. The ports "Mgmt1" and "Mgmt2" are part of an internal hub, and can be connected to the Ethernet port of the PC, to another IDU or to an SNMP manager.
Ph otocoup ler
Open : alarm if config ured in in vert position (I) Closed: No a larm if configured in invert po sition (I) 10 k :
EXT IN
GND
The 3 connectors have the same pinout (Ethernet standard):
5 e xternal inputs
-48V
Figure 3.11 - External alarm electrical interface
Pin
1 2
I/O
I I 3 4 5 6 7 8 O O -
Name
RXETHP RXETHN TXETHP NC NC TXETHN NC NC
Meaning
Receive Ethernet + wire Receive Ethernet - wire Transmit Ethernet + wire Not Connected Not Connected Transmit Ethernet - wire Not Connected Not Connected
The alarm connector pinout is given below.

1
10 6 11
15
Table 3-3 - Ethernet port pinout
Pin
Signal
Description
EXT IN1
External alarm input #1
EXT IN2
Each connector has two Leds: - a green Led on the left: indicates Ethernet signal activity at the input. If this Led is not lit permanently, it means that the cable is not correctly connected to the port, or that the equipment connected to the SLF-H does not work. - an orange Led on the right: indicates a 100BaseT transmission (10BaseT when the Led is off).
EXT IN3
EXT IN4
EXT IN5
3.7.2.5 - Gigabit Ethernet ports "GbE1" to "GbE4"
Page 3-11
Page 3-12
2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
The IDU has four Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the front panel.
15 1
These ports can receive:
- SFP optical modules (Small Form Factor Pluggable Transceiver MultiSource Agreement 14 Sept 2000). LX Single-mode
44 31 30 16
Interfaces
SX
Interface IEEE 802.3z 1270 1355 nm

16 31 1 17 32 2 18 33 3 19 34 4 20 35 5 21 36 6 22 37 7 23 38 8 24 39 9 25 40 10 26 41 11 27 42 12 28 43 13 29 44 14 30 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Multimode
Standard Pin N Channel Name
IEEE 802.3z
Wavelength 1250 Mbit/s 100 ppm -11 dBm min -11.5 dBm min -11.5 dBm min -19 dBm -3 dBm
770 - 860 nm
Meaning
Speed
1250 Mbit/s 100 ppm
Transmitted power 10 m fibre 50 m fibre 62.5 m fibre
-9.5 dBm min -9.5 dBm min
Sensitivity at 10
-10
-17 dBm
Max. permitted power 5000 m min 550 m min 550 m min LC/PC
0 dBm
Typical range 10 m fibre 50 m fibre 62.5 m fibre
500 m min 220 m min
Connector
LC/PC
Table 3-4 - Characteristics of the Gigabit Ethernet optical interface
- SFP electrical modules with the following characteristics:
Speed
10, 100, or 1000 Mbit/s
Standard
IEEE 802.3
Maximum cable attenuation
100 m UTP or STP Category 5 Gigabit Ethernet compatible
Connector
RJ45
A "GbE Lnk/Act" Led corresponds to each port: Led off: link down Green Led lit permanently: link up Green Led flashing: traffic indicator, flashes for each GE frame Orange Led lit: collision
Ground Tributary input No. 1 negative polarity Tributary input No. 1 positive polarity Tributary output No. 1 negative polarity Tributary output No. 1 positive polarity Tributary input No. 2 negative polarity Tributary input No. 2 positive polarity Tributary output No. 2 negative polarity Tributary output No. 2 positive polarity Tributary input No. 3 negative polarity Tributary input No. 3 positive polarity Tributary output No. 3 negative polarity Tributary output No. 3 positive polarity Tributary input No. 4 negative polarity Tributary input No. 4 positive polarity Tributary output No. 4 negative polarity Tributary output No. 4 positive polarity Tributary input No. 5 negative polarity Tributary input No. 5 positive polarity Tributary output No. 5 negative polarity Tributary output No. 5 positive polarity Tributary input No. 6 negative polarity Tributary input No. 6 positive polarity Tributary output No. 6 negative polarity Tributary output No. 6 positive polarity Tributary input No. 7 negative polarity Tributary input No. 7 positive polarity Tributary output No. 7 negative polarity Tributary output No. 7 positive polarity Tributary input No. 8 negative polarity Tributary input No. 8 positive polarity Tributary output No. 8 negative polarity Tributary output No. 8 positive polarity
3.7.2.6 - G703 2 Mbit/s ports - 44-pin DB connectors
The 16 x 2 Mbit/s ports are available on the two 44-pin DB connectors.
GND TRIB_IN_01N TRIB_IN_01P TRIB_OUT_01N TRIB_OUT_01P TRIB_IN_02N TRIB_IN_02P TRIB_OUT_02N TRIB_OUT_02P TRIB_IN_03N TRIB_IN_03P TRIB_OUT_03N TRIB_OUT_03P TRIB_IN_04N TRIB_IN_04P TRIB_OUT_04N TRIB_OUT_04P TRIB_IN_05N TRIB_IN_05P TRIB_OUT_05N TRIB_OUT_05P TRIB_IN_06N TRIB_IN_06P TRIB_OUT_06N TRIB_OUT_06P TRIB_IN_07N TRIB_IN_07P TRIB_OUT_07N TRIB_OUT_07P TRIB_IN_08N TRIB_IN_08P TRIB_OUT_08N TRIB_OUT_08P Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground
These interfaces are designed to operate in 120 Ohm balanced or 75 Ohm unbalanced. To operate in 75 Ohm, the signals corresponding to the negative polarities (- wire) are connected to the ground by the connector of the cable.
Table 3-5 - TRIB 1-8 connector pinout
The pinout of the 44-pin DB connectors is given below (view of the IDU front panel).
Page 3-13
Page 3-14
2BINSTALLATION 3.7.3 - Cable references for SLF-H

The cables which may be connected to the IDU front panel are listed below:
2BINSTALLATION
Pin N
Channel
Name
Meaning
16
31
17
2 Mbit/s cable (Balanced or unbalanced) (12 to 17)
32
18
Vers PC
33
2
10
To distribution panel
19
34
11
20
35
21
12
36
22
37
To -48 V power supply
13
1 6
Optical fiber (8 to 11) or Ethernet cable (5) To customer Ethernet IDU ODU cable (7) To management network or other equipment management access To ODU
23
38
14
24
To distribution panel
39
To auxiliary Ethernet
25
15
Straight or crossed RJ45 Ethernet cables (3 or 4)
40
10
26
Figure 3.12 - Cables for a terminal station
41
16
11
27
42
A relay station consists of two terminals connected "back to back". Typical wiring of this configuration is given below:
12
28
43
13
29
44
14
2 Mbit/s channel transfer
18
30
15
GND TRIB_IN_09N TRIB_IN_09P TRIB_OUT_09N TRIB_OUT_09P TRIB_IN_10N TRIB_IN_10P TRIB_OUT_10N TRIB_OUT_10P TRIB_IN_11N TRIB_IN_11P TRIB_OUT_11N TRIB_OUT_11P TRIB_IN_12N TRIB_IN_12P TRIB_OUT_12N TRIB_OUT_12P TRIB_IN_13N TRIB_IN_13P TRIB_OUT_13N TRIB_OUT_13P TRIB_IN_14N TRIB_IN_14P TRIB_OUT_14N TRIB_OUT_14P TRIB_IN_15N TRIB_IN_15P TRIB_OUT_15N TRIB_OUT_15P TRIB_IN_16N TRIB_IN_16P TRIB_OUT_16N TRIB_OUT_16P GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
Ground Tributary input No. 9 negative polarity Tributary input No. 9 positive polarity Tributary output No. 9 negative polarity Tributary output No. 9 positive polarity Tributary input No. 10 negative polarity Tributary input No. 10 positive polarity Tributary output No. 10 negative polarity Tributary output No. 10 positive polarity Tributary input No. 11 negative polarity Tributary input No. 11 positive polarity Tributary output No. 11 negative polarity Tributary output No. 11 positive polarity Tributary input No. 12 negative polarity Tributary input No. 12 positive polarity Tributary output No. 12 negative polarity Tributary output No. 12 positive polarity Tributary input No. 13 negative polarity Tributary input No. 13 positive polarity Tributary output No. 13 negative polarity Tributary output No. 13 positive polarity Tributary input No. 14 negative polarity Tributary input No. 14 positive polarity Tributary output No. 14 negative polarity Tributary output No. 14 positive polarity Tributary input No. 15 negative polarity Tributary input No. 15 positive polarity Tributary output No. 15 negative polarity Tributary output No. 15 positive polarity Tributary input No. 16 negative polarity Tributary input No. 16 positive polarity Tributary output No. 16 negative polarity Tributary output No. 16 positive polarity Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground
Table 3-6 - TRIB 9-16 connector pinout

Optical fiber or Giga Ethernet cable Ethernet crossed or straight cables
Figure 3.13 - Cables for a relay station
Page 3-15
Page 3-16
2BINSTALLATION 3.7.4 - Module references for SLF-H

Designation SFP Module GE SX SFP Module GE LX GE Electrical SFP Module (10/100/1000BaseT) 253 108 834 253 108 826 253 108 813 Sagemcom P/N
2BINSTALLATION
Figure N
Drawing No
Designation
3000335369
- Power cable (1 power supply)
3000319349
- Power cable with redundancy
3000364085
- 9-pin sub-D serial cable (PC)
- Crossed ETHERNET cable (NMI/NMI transfer or management) - ETHERNET straight cable (NMI/NMI transfer or management)
Sagem code 253245103 253245124 253245132 253245145 253132640 253132658 253132806 253132819 55670223 55670224 55671323 55671324 55671321 55671322
Table 3-8 - SFP module references for SLF-H
- GIGA ETHERNET straight cable (for electrical SFP module)
Off-the-shelf cable
3.8 - MUX64 SPDH UNIT (OPTIONAL)
3000279379
- Alarm cable to distribution panel (DB15HD)
3000281884
- IDU-ODU cable TNC angled male/N straight female
Faston socket
Interface connector for 2Mbit/s extension TRIB 17-32
2Mbit/s optional accesses TRIB 33-48 TRIB 49-64
TRIB 65-80
251559356EA
- Singe-mode optical jumper LC-PC/LC-PC
251454275EA
- Singe-mode optical jumper LC-PC/SC-PC

Secured -48 V input
Green Power Led
10
251615886EA
- Multimode optical jumper LC-PC/LC-PC
Figure 3.14 - Front panel of MUX64 SPDH Unit
11
252064893EA
- Multimode optical jumper LC-PC/SC-PC
A MUX64 SPDH shelf, allowing an extension up to 64 E1 2 Mbit/s ports can be installed in same rack as the IDU. This shelf will increase the total number of physical E1 ports to 80. This 0.75U-height unit will be installed above the IDU. It's mandatory to have 1U margin between the IDU-H and the SPDH Attach the MUX64 SPDH shelf in the rack using M6 stainless steel screws of 12 mm. This attachment grounds the shelf to the earth.
2 An additional grounding is possible by the use of a Faston plug (left side of the shelf). Use a 6 mm section yellow/green cable (minimum length required).
12
3000279375
- Half 2 Mbit/s tributary120 : In/Out cable DB44HD
13
3000279376
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 : In/Out cable DB44HD BNC-F
14
3000279377
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 : In/Out cable DB44HD BNC-M
15
3000301874
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 : In/Out cable DB44-1,6/5,6 6F-5M
The MUX64 SPDH unit will be connected to the IDU by a cable that interconnects the 2 Mbit/s extension connector of each equipment. The MUX64 SPDH shelf has its own secured -48V power input. The same power supply must be used for both the IDU and the SPDH MUX64.
16
3000301875
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 : In/Out cable DB44-1,6/5,6 6M-5M
17
3000301877
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 : In/Out cable DB44 LIBRE-5M
18 19
3000279382 3000325442
- Crossed 2 Mbit/s transfer cable - Cable DB44HD MUX64
Length 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 1.5 m 3m 1.5 m 3m 1.5 m 3m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 1m 2.5 m 5m 10 m 20 m 2.5 m 5m 10 m 20 m 2.5 m 5m 10 m 20 m 2.5 m 5m 10 m 20 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 0.30 m 252867400 252577720 252867413 252577738 252890368 251559377 251559504 251559517 251559567 251454262 251454283 251454296 251454410 251616049 251616060 251616078 251616099 252064934 252064947 252064955 252064989 252867083 252867096 252867306 252867314 252867327 252867335 252867348 252867356 252867369 252867377 252867380 252867398 253051829 253021238 253021832 253051840 253051853 253021241 253021861 253051874 253051882 253021262 253021902 253051915 252867877 253179789
Table 3-7 - Cable References for SLF-H

2BINSTALLATION
2BINSTALLATION
3.8.1 - Front panel accesses of MUX 64 SPDH shelf

Pin N
1 21 2 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 6 26 7 27 8 28 9 29 10 30 11 31 12 32 13 33 14 34 15 35 16 36 17 37 18 38 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Channel
Name
Meaning
x "POWER" access 4-pin connector: secured -48 V power supply input (voltage between -39 VDC and -59 VDC),
x "Trib extension" port - 44-pin DB connector for connecting cable with the IDU.
x 2Mbit/s optional ports "TRIB 17-32", "TRIB 33-48", "TRIB 49-64" and "TRIB 65-80" G703 78 pin DB connector: configurable by software either in 75: coaxial mode or in 120: balanced mode. This configuration is carried out by connector.
x One ground connection (male "Faston" connector).
3.8.2 - Description of accesses and connectors
3.8.2.1 - "POWER" access 4-pin connector
This access is identical to the "POWER" access of the IDU (refer to 3.7.2.1 -)
3.8.2.2 - G703 2 Mbit/s ports - 78-pin DB connectors
The 64 x 2 Mbit/s ports are distributed on four 78-pin DB connectors.
These interfaces are designed to operate in 120 Ohm balanced or 75 Ohm unbalanced. To operate in 75 Ohm, the signals corresponding to the negative polarities (- wire) are connected to the ground by the connector of the cable.
The pinout of the 78-pin DB connectors is given below (view of the front panel).
GND E1_ET1N_Gx E1_ET1P_Gx E1_ST1N_Gx E1_ST1P_Gx E1_ET2N_Gx E1_ET2P_Gx E1_ST2N_Gx E1_ST2P_Gx E1_ET3N_Gx E1_ET3P_Gx E1_ST3N_Gx E1_ST3P_Gx E1_ET4N_Gx E1_ET4P_Gx E1_ST4N_Gx E1_ST4P_Gx E1_ET5N_Gx E1_ET5P_Gx E1_ST5N_Gx E1_ST5P_Gx E1_ET6N_Gx E1_ET6P_Gx E1_ST6N_Gx E1_ST6P_Gx E1_ET7N_Gx E1_ET7P_Gx E1_ST7N_Gx E1_ST7P_Gx E1_ET8N_Gx E1_ET8P_Gx E1_ST8N_Gx E1_ST8P_Gx
20
19
1
39
39 21 40 60
20
Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled
59
78
Page 3-19
Page 3-20
2BINSTALLATION 3.8.4 - Cable References for MUX64 SPDH shelf

Meaning
Drawing N 3000335369 - Power cable (1 power supply) Designation Length Sagemcom code
2BINSTALLATION
Pin N
Channel
Name
40
60
41
61
42
62
43 3000319349 - DC Power cable with redundancy
63
10
2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m
253245103 253245124 253245132 253245145 253132640 253132658 253132806 253132819 253133048 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 253133069 253133072 253133093 253133100 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5 m 253133113 253133121 253133134 253133142 5m 12 m 25 m 2.5m 253133155 253133163 253133176 253133184 5m 12m 25m 2.5m 253133209 253133217 253133259 253133262
44
64
45
65 3000319350 DB78HD (1/2 cord) -2 Mbit/s tributary 120 In/Out cable
11
46
66
47
67
12
48 3000319351 DB78HD BNC-F - 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 In/Out cable
68
49
69
13
50
70 3000319352
51
71 DB78HD BNC-M
14
52
- 2 Mbit/s tributary 75 In/Out cable
72
53
73 3000319353
15
54
74
- CORD2Mb TRIB 75 IN/OUT DB78HD-1,6/5,6F
45
75
16
56
GND E1_ET9N_Gx E1_ET9P_Gx E1_ST9N_Gx E1_ST9P_Gx E1_ET10N_Gx E1_ET10P_Gx E1_ST10N_Gx E1_ST10P_Gx E1_ET11N_Gx E1_ET11P_Gx E1_ST11N_Gx E1_ST11P_Gx E1_ET12N_Gx E1_ET12P_Gx E1_ST12N_Gx E1_ST12P_Gx E1_ET13N_Gx E1_ET13P_Gx E1_ST13N_Gx E1_ST13P_Gx E1_ET14N_Gx E1_ET14P_Gx E1_ST14N_Gx E1_ST14P_Gx E1_ET15N_Gx E1_ET15P_Gx E1_ST15N_Gx E1_ST15P_Gx E1_ET16N_Gx E1_ET16P_Gx E1_ST16N_Gx E1_ST16P_Gx 3000319354 - CORD2Mb TRIB 75 IN/OUT DB78HD-1,6/5,6M 5m 12m 25m 2.5m 3000319355 - CORD2Mb TRIB 75 IN/OUT DB78HD LIBRE 3000325442 - CORD DB44HD MUX64 5m 12m 25m 0.30m
76
57
253133283 253133291 253133311 253133332 253133345 253133353 253133366 253179789
77
58
78
59
Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled Not cabled
Table 3-9 - TRIB16E1 connector pinout for the MUX64 SPDH unit
Note: "Gx" represents one of the four connectors of the MUX64 SPDH shelf, the pinout being identical for each one.
Table 3-10 - Cable References for MUX64 SPDH unit
G1: TRIBs 17 to 32 G2: TRIBs 33 to 48 G3: TRIBs 49 to 64 G4: TRIBs 65 to 80
3.8.3 - MUX32 SPDH version
An under-equipped version of the SPDH unit exists. It provides up to 32 E1 2 Mbps/s interfaces, located on the TRIB 17-32 and TRIB 33-48 connectors. TRIB 49-64 and TRIB 65-80 connectors are not available.
Page 3-21
Page 3-22
2BINSTALLATION
3.9 - POWERING UP THE SYSTEM
Before powering up the terminal, check that:
x x x x x
Modem 2 To ODU2
the equipment has not been damaged during installation the equipment has been assembled correctly in 1+1 each Modem is connected to the corresponding ODU the antenna polarization is correct the IDUs, ODUs, MUX64 SPDH and connecting cables have been grounded
Green Power Led
To ODU1 Modem 1 Fans
DC Power ln
On/Off switch
Figure 3.15 - SLF-H 1+1 IDU
the power supply voltage is within the range: -39 V to -59 V (-48 V nominal). Measure the voltage (polarity and amplitude) on the cable plug before plugging it in the IDU. Only negative DC voltage must be used.
check in the same way the power supply connector connected to the MUX64 SPDH shelf (polarities given in Table 3-1).
make sure that these two power cable come from the same power supply
On the assumption of a MUX64 SPDH shelf, carry out in the order the following operations:
connect the Trib extension connectors of IDU and MUX64 SPDH shelf using the specific cable,
plug the power supply cable to the MUX64 SPDH shelf,
plug the power supply cable to the IDU,
the green PWR Led on the front panel of the MUX64 SPDH shelf should be lit,
if the terminal is a 1+0 system, switch on the terminal by setting the switch on the Modem to ON. If the terminal is a 1+1 system, set the switch on the second Modem to ON as well,
the green Power Led(s) on the front panel(s) of the Modem(s) should be lit,
measure voltage at the input of each terminal and record the values on the Commissioning Form at the end of paragraph 4,
measure voltage at the input of the MUX64 SPDH shelf and record the values on the Commissioning Form at the end of paragraph 4.
Page 3-23
3BCOMMISSIONING CONFIGURATION AND TESTS

Validate, the following window appears:
4. COMMISSIONING CONFIGURATION AND TESTS
4.1 - INTRODUCTION
This paragraph describes a preliminary configuration of a SLF-H, its commissioning and how to verify correct operation after installation.
The equipment is commissioned and operated from a PC equipped with VT100 emulation and the Pilot Software.
Configuration required
The minimum configuration proposed for the operating PC is as follows:
OS: Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7
Pentium 4 or equivalent, frequency: 1 GHz minimum
RAM: 256 Mbytes (2 Gbytes for Vista)
300 Mbytes available on hard disk
CD-ROM drive
10/100BaseT Ethernet port
Serial port (or USB port + external USB/series adapter)
SVGA screen, minimum resolution 600 x 800 (minimum 16 colours)
Windows hyperterminal To select a command, type the command number in the text zone Choice? and press ENTER to validate. Choice 1: Configuration of the equipment IP address
Pilot software
4.2 - CONFIGURING EQUIPMENT IP ADDRESSES
Connect the IDU serial port to a serial port on the PC with an RS-232 cable.
Run Windows HyperTerminal: "Start/Programs/Accessories/Communications/HyperTerminal".
Enter a name in the window which is displayed (e.g. SLF-H), choose an icon for the connection then validate.
In the next window choose the PC "COM" port which is connected to the equipment then validate.
In the next window, set the following parameters: x Bits per second: 19200 x Data bits: 8 x Parity: none x Stop bits: 1 x Flow control: none
Validate the settings and save the connection (Save command in the application File menu). The next time you run Hyperterminal, simply choose the connection icon to connect to the equipment.
Note: by default, the password is empty on first commissioning.
The default IP address is 192.168.001.002. Enter the required IP address, keeping in mind that it must be different from that of the other equipment addresses and must be defined in a subnet different from that of the Ethernet interface. The IP address of the remote equipment will belong to the same network. Example: if the IP address of the local equipment is 192.168.113.141 the remote equipment IP address should be 192.168.113.xxx with xxx not equal to 141.
Page 4-1
Page 4-2
You are prompted to reboot the equipment. You can reboot later, without affecting the traffic, after entering the settings.
Error message "Equipment address is mandatory": you must enter the equipment address Example:
The IP address of the Ethernet interface for the equipment connected to the management PC must belong to the same network and have the same subnet mask as the PC IP address. The IP address of the Ethernet interface for the remote equipment must belong to a different network.
Choice 2: Default gateway configuration
management equipment address: 135.010.115.015 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 The PC address must be 135.010.115.xxx with xxx not equal to 0, 255 or 015. The address of the remote equipment must belong to another network, e.g. 10.142.113.150.
These management Ethernet interfaces are available on the equipment accesses "Mgmt1" and "Mgmt2". You are prompted to reboot the equipment. You may reboot later, without affecting the traffic, after entering the settings. Choice 4: REBOOT the equipment This command reboots the application immediately, restarting with the settings already stored in the equipment. Reboot takes place without affecting the traffic. Choice 5: Logout Setting finished, this command closes the current session. The session is closed automatically after several minutes with no activity (delay configurable from the manager). Choice 6: Ping
The default Gateway IP address is 000.000.000.000. You are prompted to reboot the equipment. You can reboot later, without affecting the traffic, after entering the settings.
Choice 3: Ethernet interface configuration
"IP Address": choice of IP address of the equipment you want to reach. Return delay in ms. Note: the Ping command is used to check the accessibility and return path from the remote equipment, testing both the interface address and the equipment address. If the address of the port sending the Ping command is different from the equipment address, two commands are transmitted.
The Ethernet interface characteristics are displayed and can be modified:
"Interface State": use of the interface: 0 (Interface off) or 1 (Interface on). "IP Address" "Subnet mask" "Route Protocol": 0 (None), 1 (RIP) or 2 (OSPF)
Page 4-3
Page 4-4
Choice 7: Trace route
4.3 - PILOT SOFTWARE AND IP CONNECTIVITY

4.3.1 - Installing the software Pilot Launcher
The Pilot Launcher allows to automatically run a version of the Pilot software compatible with the software version of the IDU selected by its IP address. It also allows you to view the record of the equipment (in French or English) according to the IDU selected. Note that it is not necessary to separately install the Pilot Software if pilot launcher is installed (chapter 4.3.2 -) Insert the Pilot Launcher software CD-ROM into the drive. The installation software runs automatically if the drive has been configured in "Autorun" mode. Otherwise, run Windows explorer and double click on "setup.exe".
Once the software is installed, double click on the Pilot icon The following window appears:
"IP Address": choice of IP address of the equipment you want to reach.
The screen displays the management routes already defined with their characteristics: Hops: 1, 2, 3 Path to move from one machine to another. IP Equipment address
2 3
Available and recognized Equipment
Unavailable Equipment
IP address: IP address of the recipient (equipment or subnet).
Delay (ms): return time.
Unit. size: maximum size of the IP packet that can reach the remote equipment.
Choice 8: Factory settings
This command is used to restore the default factory settings.
Note: this command is only available from release R1.2.
These settings will also be applied on the remote equipment, making sure that:
the IP address of the remote equipment is in the same network as that of the local equipment (not mandatory but recommended), the IP address of the Ethernet interface for the remote equipment does not belong to the same network as that of the local equipment.
The principle of equipment IP addressing is described in 6.6.1 -. Depending on the software release, the routing tables may be static (R1.1) or dynamic (R1.2 and higher). In this case, the RIP and OSPF protocols can be implemented in order to simplify network management configuration.
Choice 9: Default configuration of ODUs mute
This menu allows to configure the default mode for ODUs mute (mute On or Off when a new ODU is connected).
4.3.2 - Installing the Pilot software
4.3.3 - IP connectivity
Connect an RJ45 Ethernet cable between access "Mgmt1" or "Mgmt2" of the local IDU and the management network. Before starting a Pilot session, check the connectivity between the PC and the local IDU.
The Pilot allows the user to:
View local and remote terminal configurations
Set and change parameters on local and remote terminals
Monitor RSL, BER and alarms
Download and activate a new software version
Perform installation and maintenance operations
Check that the IP address of the management PC belongs to the same network as that of the local IDU Ethernet interface, then check the connectivity with a ping of the IDU Ethernet address from the Windows DOS command prompt. Declare the route to reach the local IDU equipment IP address, then check the connectivity by pinging this address.
Configure the network management interface
Insert the Pilot software CD-ROM into the drive. The installation software runs automatically if the drive has been configured in "Autorun" mode. Otherwise, run Windows explorer and double click on "setup.exe".
Once the software is installed, double click on the Pilot icon
The following window appears:
The Pilot software is specific to this version of SLF-H and is not compatible with the previous versions.
Page 4-7
Page 4-8
4.3.4 - Launch Auto Pilot with the Pilot Launcher:

After checking the connectivity, start a Pilot session from the Session/Open session menu. The local IDU address is entered in the following window. Double click on the address of the IDU to start the session of the Pilot, the Pilot's main screen appears in default mode "View only".
4.3.5 - Starting a Pilot session
The button "Add SLF Host" Allows to add an IP address in the list of equipment
Click on Add to enter the local IDU address.
Click on OK
The button "French" allows to edit the user manual in French in pdf format
The button "English" allows to edit the user manual in English in pdf format
The button "Measurements" allows to edit the Measurement tables (Ethernet throughput and latency, RSL thresholds, transmit power)
Double click on the IDU address to start the Pilot session; by default, the main Pilot screen is displayed in "View Only" mode.
Page 4-9
Page 4-10
Click here to login IDU Equipment IP address
View Only: read only mode In this example, the equipment is neither receiving signal (RSL < -90) nor transmitting (mute ON).
Click on the "Login" button to enter the default password: "2345" for a "Super User" level. This screen will display the local terminal parameters on the left of the screen and the remote terminal parameters on the right when the link is established. The radio channel, modulation, capacity, Ethernet bandwidth are displayed at the top of the screen. The confirm/cancel modification request is also displayed in this bar: "Confirm" or "Cancel". The IDU part of the screen is used to define the site name, configuration type, link ID code and to display generic alarms, bit error rate (BER) and packet error rate (PER) for a given counting period (1 min, 15 min or 24 h). The Channel 1 part indicates the received signal level and the reception BER; it is used to configure the transmit frequency and transmit power values, ATPC activation and Mute function. In ACM modulation, the current modulation will be indicated, those of the top bar being the max modulation of operation and the modulation from which there is no more GigaEthernet transmission. The equipment Leds and the 3 programmable relays status are also displayed on the Pilot. In addition, the "Shelf view" button is used to display the front panel of the equipment managed. If you are logged on as a "Super User", you can change the terminal configuration with the buttons. Each button provides access to a specific parameter. Note that only one change at a time is allowed. With the transmitter still in "Mute" and the ATPC "OFF", configure the following parameters:
4.4 - LINK PRELIMINARY CONFIGURATION
4.4.1 - Setting the parameters of each IDU
The preliminary configuration of each IDU must be carried out separately at each end of the link. Once the link is established, virtually all the parameters can be checked from the local terminal.
The parameters of the local and remote terminals must be compatible. In order of priority, the first essential parameters to configure before establishing the link are for each IDU are:
channel transmit frequency,
modulation type, radio channel and capacity (E1 number),
link ID code,
transmit power; the Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) function must be inhibited at this stage ("OFF" position on the Pilot screen).
Note: when powering up for the first time (factory output setting), the transmitter is in "MUTE" position, in order to avoid transmitting signals at a frequency which could disturb neighbouring links.
Channel transmit frequency Move the cursor along the Tx Freq rule or click on the left or right button, then validate by clicking on "Confirm" in the top toolbar. Use the arrows to change the frequency in steps of 250 kHz. x Modulation, radio channel and capacity parameters Click on the top bar (the displayed bandwidth is the Ethernet bandwidth level 2).
The transmitter should be kept in mute position until the transmit frequency, modulation and capacity are properly configured.
When the link is not established, the Pilot screen indicates "NO REMOTE RADIO" or "No open session" on the right side of the screen (see after).
The following screen is displayed:

For ACM Modulation, the buttons Maximum Profile Ge Tx mute on profile below allows user to have a choice of up to 9 profiles:
Table 4-1 - Configuration compatibility
Please note that when switch configuration in ACM mode, by default the maximum and minimum profiles will be set to the lowest value (0) which is QPSK modulation.
Choose the parameters according to the choices available for the link (following table) then validate with "Apply".
Bellow is a list of available capacities that can be configured in fixed and ACM mode:
Page 4-13
Page 4-14

same frequency which could disturb the receiver. Link ID Codes of the local and remote terminals must be the same. This code consists of a number from 1 to 255 chosen by the customer. x
Transmit power
The transmitter's "Mute" position is set to "OFF". Adjust the transmit power value as planned in the design calculation, keeping ATPC "OFF". , or click on the left Move the cursor along the Tx Power rule or right button, then validate. Use the arrows to change the power in steps of 0.5 dB. Moving the cursor in the middle changes the power in steps of 2.5 dB. Important: to avoid saturating the transmitter, the Pilot software automatically prevents power values greater than the maximum allowed for the current modulation. Refer to the values in APPENDIX 1 Transmission characteristics.
The local terminal is now correctly configured. Repeat the procedure for the remote terminal in order to establish the link. If by mistake, the remote equipment is muted (mute ON) but the rest of the configuration is properly applied on both sides (frequency, modulation, radio channel, capacity), it is possible to remove the mute on remote equipment. (See below screenshot). Command to issue mute remove request
Numbers indicated in the green cells correspond to the profile number.
* If installation of a MUX64 SPDH shelf.
Table 4-2 - Configuration compatibility
The available capacities may vary according to Modem software licenses. Please refer to chapter 6.26 -.
The available capacities also depend on the ODUs connected to Modem boards. Please refer to ODU specifications in Appendix 1 at the end of this document.
Link ID
Indication that remote equipment might be muted
4.4.2 - Antenna alignment
The link ID code is used to avoid demodulating data from another neighbouring link using the

Bad alignment Figure 4.2 - Antenna alignment
Antenna alignment is performed with both terminals operating, in normal weather conditions. The received signal level (RSL) can be checked using the voltage available on the ODU BNC connector.
A typical curve of RSL voltage against RSL at ODU input is given below. The RSL voltage is directly proportional to the RSL expressed in dBm.
The expected RSL was determined during the link budget calculation. This level depends on the power of the remote terminal, the frequency, the antennas gain and the hop length. Antenna alignment is carried out on each antenna using the following procedure:
RSL voltage
5V
4.5 V
1- Check that the remote terminal transmitter is on, with the planned parameters (frequency, power, speed, modulation). Check that the ATCP is off and that the remote terminal power is such that the RSL does not exceed 20 dBm. 2- Remove the cap on the ODU BNC connector and connect a voltmeter. 3- Slowly rotate the antenna in the azimuth direction (horizontal) and find the maximum voltage. If the voltage is around 4.5 V, reduce the remote transmit power to avoid saturation. 4- Slowly rotate the antenna in the elevation direction (vertical) and find the maximum voltage. Record the measured voltage. 5- When the maximum voltage has been found, tighten all the bolts. Check that the voltage has not changed after tightening. Replace the protective cap on the BNC connector. 6- Compare the RSL obtained with the expected RSL. If the difference between the two values exceeds 5 dB, readjust antenna alignment and polarization setting and check that there are no obstacles on the radio path.
RSL (ODU input) -50 dBm -40 dBm -30 dBm -20 dBm
4V
3V
2V
1V
0.5 V
In principle, if the parameters have been entered correctly and if the antennas have been aligned correctly, the link should be established (no screen with "NO REMOTE RADIO" message) and the main Pilot screen should display the remote terminal parameters. In 1+0 and 1+1 configuration, the typical screens are as follows:
-90 dBm
-80 dBm
-70 dBm
-60 dBm
Figure 4.1 - SLF-H ODU RSL voltage
Note: RSL is measured at ODU antenna port. For 1+1 configurations involving a coupler, the coupler losses must be taken into account to determine the RSL at antenna access.
Optimum alignment is achieved when main antenna lobe is aligned with the remote antenna.
During alignment, it is important to distinguish between the main lobe and the side lobes by rotating the antenna around the maximum RSL value. Note that there is around 25 dB difference between side lobes and main lobes (i.e. about 1.5 V on the RSL voltage).
Good alignment
Receive signal levels should be similar on both ends of the link (with the same transmit power). Figure 4.3 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+0 configuration Fixed modulation
Note: if the parameters of the two terminals are correct, and if the main Pilot screen displays "NO REMOTE RADIO", the antennas will probably have to be realigned. Check troubleshooting guide for other potential issues.
Page 4-17
Page 4-18
Figure 4.4 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+0 configuration ACM modulation
Figure 4.6 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+1 configuration ACM modulation The screens 1+1 display the master channel, the active transmitter and the percentage of use of master and slave Modems. Note that in 1+1 FD, both transmitters are active at the same time, and thus not active Tx information is displayed.
The channel 2, symbol "M" not greyed, is the master channel. The channel 1, symbol "M" greyed, is the slave channel. The channel 2, symbol "Tx" not greyed, is the active channel in emission. The channel 1, symbol "Tx" greyed, is the inactive channel in emission (on mute). The use rate of channel 1 in reception is 5%. The use rate of channel 2 in reception is 95%.
Figure 4.5 - Main Pilot Screen for a 1+1 configuration Fixed modulation
Note: there may still be some alarms at this stage. In case of "GE" or "tributary" alarm, check the access configuration and connections. If there are other alarms, or if the link does not work, refer to the troubleshooting paragraph ( 7 in this manual). Note any discrepancies in the Commissioning Form at the end of paragraph 4.
Page 4-19
Page 4-20
4.4.3 - Antenna alignment in XPIC mode
This section describes the installation and commissioning procedure for a system in which the XPIC feature is installed in a Co-Channel Dual Polarization configuration.
1.
Install the dual polarization antenna and point it in the direction of the other site.
2.
Install the two ODUs on a dual polarization antenna using appropriate mounting kit and mark the ODUs with V and H respectively.
3.
Install two cables between the ODUs and the Modems. Note that the cable length difference should not exceed 10 meters.
4.
Mark the cables with V and H respectively and make sure that V is connected to the right Modem and H is connected to the left Modem. Mark the Modems respectively.
5.
Power up V channel on both ends of the link and configure it to the desired frequency channel, and maximum power.
6.
Align the antennas, one at a time, until expected RSL is achieved. Make sure achieved RSL is no more than 5dB from the expected level. Note: there may still be some alarms at this stage. In case of "GE" or "tributary" alarm, check the access configuration and connections. If there are other alarms, or if the link does not work, refer to the troubleshooting paragraph ( 7 in this manual). Note any discrepancies in the Commissioning Form at the end of paragraph 4.
Polarization alignment is required in order to verify that the antenna feeds are adjusted, ensuring that the antenna XPD (Cross Polarization Discrimination) is achieved.
Polarization adjustment should be done on one antenna only.
7.
Disconnect the V cable from the V ODU and connect it to the H ODU.
8.
Check the RSL achieved in the H ODU and compare it to the RSL achieved by the V ODU.
9.
Verify that the XPI (Cross Polarization Interference) is at least 25dB whereby:
XPI=RSLPOL - RSLXPOL
With :
RSLPOL = received level with the same polarization used at both sites RSLXPOL = received level with orthogonal polarizations used at both sites
10. If the XPI is less than 25dB, adjust the feed polarization by opening the polarization screw and gently rotating the feed to minimize the RSLXPOL.
Bellow is a screenshot of the Pilot software main window in XPIC mode.
Page 4-21
Page 4-22
4.5 - TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS REQUIRED
After installing and setting the link, check correct operation by performing the following tests and measurements:
The following tolerances must be taken into account: x 2 dB for the transmit power. x 1 dB for the gain of each antenna. x 3 dB for the received level measurement displayed on the Pilot. x 0.5 dB for 1+1 coupler losses. We see that in the worst case, for a 1+0 type system, the maximum uncertainty is 7 dB (2 1 1 3): In practice, the typical uncertainty to be considered is 5 dB. So, if the difference between the receive level displayed by the Pilot and the receive level expected by the link budget calculation is within the tolerance 5 dB, the installation is considered to be correct.
x x x x x x x x
Frequency Scan at ODU input Received Signal Level Gigabit Ethernet transmission test 2 Mbit/s channel test (optional) Wayside access test (optional) Alarm In/Out test (optional) 1+1 switching check (optional) BER measurement
Measurement equipment required:
A difference of more than 5 dB, however, indicates a problem such as incorrect antenna alignment, a propagation problem or bad polarization on one of the two antennas. First check the antenna alignment and polarization. If the problem remains, refer to the troubleshooting guide in paragraph 7 and replace the defective element. Record the ODU RSL values of the link on the commissioning form.
x x x
Gigabit Ethernet tester 2 Mbit/s bit error rate analyzer (optional) Digital multimeter
A SLF-H Commissioning Form is provided at the end of paragraph 4 in order to record the results of the tests carried out together with any remarks made during installation and commissioning.
4.5.3 - Giga Ethernet transmission test

This test is carried out to check for correct transmission of Gigabit Ethernet signals. The test must be carried out on each port used. It is used to test Ethernet transmission over the entire link. A Gigabit Ethernet tester is required to take the measurement. The measurement block diagram is given below: Test setup used with SFP optics (using a single tester and a loop TX / RX on the remote site):
4.5.1 - Frequency Scan
The Pilot software can be used to take an automatic measurement of the spectrum around the receive frequency without the need for external instruments. The measurement must be taken locally, successively at each end of the link. Measurement is carried out with the local transmitter off (the Pilot software automatically sets the local transmitter to "mute", to avoid sending signals which could disturb other receivers.
After acquisition, the spectrum is displayed graphically. This measurement reveals the presence of any interferers. A record of this measurement is stored in the IDU flash memory and can be consulted afterwards using the Pilot or via the network management.
In order to check interferer level at the received frequency, the remote transmitter must be switched off during the test.
The "Frequency scan" procedure is described in 6.24 -.
Note in the commissioning form the presence of any interferers at the received frequency as well as on the adjacent channels (first adjacent and second adjacent).
Important: do not run a frequency scan from a remote site.
4.5.2 - Receive signal level

Gigabit Ethernet tester
Tx / Rx loopback (in case of optical port)
Under normal weather conditions, the receive signal level depends on the following parameters:
Remote Transmit Power.
Local and remote antenna gains.
Free space path attenuation depending on hop length and frequency.
Coupling and connection losses for a 1+1 system.
The Gigabit Ethernet tester is connected to a GE port of the local terminal. On the remote terminal, the corresponding GE output is looped back on the input by a fiber of optical interface.
Compare the actual received signal level displayed on the main screen of the Pilot software, with the expected signal level:
Test setup used with SFP optical or electrical (use a tester locally and on the remote site):
Page 4-23
Page 4-24
The Gigabit Ethernet TX tester is connected on a GE port local terminal. On the remote terminal is connected the output GE corresponding to the input of the tester RX.
The test consists in measuring the throughput according to RFC 2544 for long enough to check the quality of the link.
The test will be declared positive is no packets are lost and if the throughput measured is not less than the limit specified. This limit depends mainly on the configuration: modulation, radio band and number of associated optional E1s. (Refer to the performance datasheets to obtain the Ethernet bandwidth available according to the link configuration). On the local IDU:
The tester must be connected to the GE port to be tested. It is configured as follows: x
Choice of transmission configuration
Define the configuration for each end of the link: modulation, radio channel, number of active E1 tributaries (optional).
Number of Gigabit Ethernet ports to be considered: 1 The Ethernet tester is connected to GE port #n of the IDU under test, where n = 1, 2, 3 or 4. GE port #n of the IDU must be configured in "Enable" mode. Configure the tester so that it takes into account the type of SFP module installed on the IDU: electrical or optical. If the operator uses optical SFP modules, auto negotiation must be activated on the tester. x Define a Unicast flow to be transmitted: Define the size of this flow. Standard RFC2544 recommends the following sizes: 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 1280, 1518 bytes. SLF-H also supports frame sizes from 64 to 2048 bytes. Choose one of these sizes. x x Define the test duration. The throughput defined by standard RFC2544 characterizes the maximum data rate that can be transmitted without losses. This parameter depends on the transmission configuration and the associated Ethernet features (e.g. QoS). x Define a throughput (generally called ILOAD on an Ethernet tester) less than or equal to the throughput specified for the configuration defined.
On the remote IDU: x Make the physical loopback on GE port #n of the remote equipment.
Page 4-25
Page 4-26
Choice of Ethernet configuration:
4.5.4 - 2 Mbit/s tributary test (optional)

These tests must be carried out on both terminals of the link. A 2 Mbit/s transmission analyzer is required, which must be set with the following parameters: x x x x x All channels designed to transport traffic must be tested one by one: x x x Click on one of the "TRIB" connectors Shelf view or use the menu "Configuration / E1 Tributaries / Local". Check that the channel under test is configured in normal mode (N), in service (blank button) and no loopback (blank button). All other tributaries should be unconnected and configured as inverted (I). BER test 2 Mbit/s Internal clock PRBS: 215-1. 120 Ohm balanced, or 75 Ohm unbalanced interface depending on IDU configuration.
x Configure each Ethernet port of the equipment as follows:
QoS mode: "Disable". Jumbo frame mode: "Disable". Port mode: "Enable" for port #n being tested (local and remote equipment). Configure the interface according to the SFP module type.
Check that there are no SFP alarms (GE Leds green).
x x x x x x x
There should be a "tributary" alarm, the "Trib" Led of the equipment and its image on the Pilot screen must be red. Connect the transmission analyzer to the 2 Mbit/s input, respecting the impedance selected in the IDU. The tributary alarm should now be cleared. Click on the "Loopback" button corresponding to the tributary under test. Select a remote loopback. See procedure in 5.4 -. Check on the transmission analyzer that no errors occurred for one minute. When the test is finished, disconnect the cable, change the alarm in invert mode (I) and remove the remote loopback. Repeat this test on each 2 Mbit/s channel used on the site. Record the results on the commissioning form.
Launch the tester script (frame loss test): check that no frames are lost.
Page 4-27
Page 4-28

x
4.5.5 - Wayside test (optional)
Check that there are no Wayside alarms on the equipment (Wayside Led green, Alarms / View / Local). On the screenshot below, Wayside alarm is present.
The same procedure is used to test the Wayside port and the main Gigabit Ethernet ports.
A 10/100BaseT Ethernet tester is required to perform this test. As when testing the GE ports, make a physical loopback on the remote terminal RJ45 access by connecting pins 1 and 3 together and 2 and 6 together.
The test consists in checking that the transmission has no losses on this access at the specified throughput.
Note: the throughout is the same irrespective of the configuration (modulation / radio channel).
Tester configuration:
x x x x
Number of Ethernet ports to be considered: 1. Configure the tester in 10/100 Mbps auto negotiated mode. Define a unicast flow of size n bytes. (64 n 1760). Depending on the size of the Ethernet frame to be transmitted, define an ILOAD less than or equal to the specified throughput in the following table:
64 0.96 0.95 0.96 0.96
128
Frame size 256 512 1024 1280 1518 1760
Throughput (Mbps)
1.25
1.05
0.96
0.96
Configuration common to local and remote equipment:
Check that the Wayside port is "on" (box checked, when Wayside is selected under Port Id) on both IDUs (Configuration / Management Network / Ethernet Ports and Radio Channel menu). x
Start the test (frame loss): check that no frames are lost.
4.5.6 - Alarm relay test (optional)

SLF-H can manage 5 local external alarms and 5 remote external alarms (image of the 5 external alarms of the remote IDU). If some external alarms are to be managed, it is necessary first to configure them (see 5.6 -). SLF-H includes 3 fully programmable relay outputs. Internal or external alarms can be assigned to each relay. If alarm relays and/or external alarm inputs are used on the site, the tests described below must be carried out to check correct operation. These tests must be carried out on each terminal. Before starting the tests, check that no faults are displayed by the equipment. It is not possible to simulate all possible alarms without opening the equipment: for example, simulating a Tx frequency alarm would require opening the ODU and disturbing the transmission synthesizer phase loop. However some alarms can be simulated simply, without having to carry out any operations on the equipment.
4.5.6.1 - Simulating an IDU Alarm

An IDU alarm can be easily simulated by entering a wrong Link ID code in the local terminal. This wrong ID Code generates an IDU alarm, but does not affect the radio transmission. Apply the following procedure: x
Page 4-29 Page 4-30
Switch "On" the local ODU mute (the link with the remote ODU must be cut).
x x
Change the Link ID Code of the local terminal. Switch "Off" the local ODU mute; an IDU alarm should be displayed: front panel "idu" Led, and its representation on the Pilot screen must be red.
4.5.6.7 - Testing the alarm outputs (relays)

A multimeter is required for this test, to check continuity between the relay contacts. The 3 contacts of each relay are available on the 15-pin DB connector (see Figure 3.10 and Figure 3.11, Table 3-2 - "Alarm IN/OUT" connector pinout). When the IDU is not powered, NC is connected to the common point of the relay.
Once the test is finished, do not forget to put back the correct Link ID code using the same procedure.
4.5.6.2 - Simulating an ODU Alarm
An ODU alarm can be generated by removing the cable to the ODU. When the IDU is powered and when there is no alarm: x NO is connected to common x NC is in open circuit
The equipment "ODU" Led and its image on the Pilot screen must be red.
4.5.6.3 - Simulating a Gigabit Ethernet Alarm
Two alarms can be easily obtained:
When the IDU is powered up and there is an alarm on the relay under test: x NC is connected to Common x NO is in open circuit Simulate various alarms and test the operation of the relays as explained above.
Take the SFP module out of its housing: an "SFP Presence" alarm is triggered; the equipment "GbE Lnk/Act" Led goes out, the "GE" Led of the Pilot screen and the "SFP Presence" Led in the alarm detail becomes red.
Put back the SFP module without plugging the Ethernet cable: an "SFP LOS" alarm is triggered; the equipment "GbE Lnk/Act" Led stays out, the "GE" Led of the Pilot screen and the "SFP LOS" Led in the alarm detail becomes red.
4.5.7 - Testing 1+1 configuration (optional)

1+1 systems require additional tests compared with unprotected systems. These tests are carried out to check that all parts are operational and that the switching system operates correctly. These tests must be carried out on both ends of the link and require the presence of personnel in each station. In Hot Stand By mode or in Space Diversity mode, only one transmitter is active, the other is in position "Mute". In Frequency Diversity mode, the two transmitters operate permanently, transmitting at two different frequencies, and only the receivers are switched. In 1+1 Hot Stand By configuration, since asymmetric couplers are used (6 dB), the activation of Revertive automatic switching Tx allows, when channel 1 is restored, to have a better system gain assessment (weaker coupler losses in emission and reception). In the figures below, the active transmitter and receiver are written in bold. When the link is in operation and there are no faults, the configuration is as follows: (note: L = local, R= remote).
4.5.6.4 - Simulating a tributary alarm
A tributary alarm is easily obtained by changing the configuration from normal (N) to invert (I), or vice versa. The equipment "trib" Led and its image on the Pilot screen must be red. When the test is finished, do not forget to restore the initial configuration.
4.5.6.5 - Simulating an RSL alarm
First check that the ATPC is OFF. An RSL alarm can be simulated by reducing the remote terminal power and choosing a suitable RSL alarm threshold, e.g. -60 dBm. Decrease the remote transmit power in order to have a receive level below -60 dBm. Take care not to drop below the link operating threshold, since the link cannot be restored from the local terminal. The equipment "RSL" Led and its image on the Pilot screen must be red.
When the test is finished, do not forget to restore the initial settings.
M 1 (L) Tx 1 (L) Rx 1 (L) M 1 (R) Tx 1 (R) Rx 1 (R)
4.5.6.6 - Testing an external alarm
To simulate a custom alarm, use the Pilot menu Configuration / Alarms / Local - IDU tab. Depending on the alarm convention, select "N" if a closed loop corresponds to the alarm state, or "I" if an open loop corresponds to the alarm state. In order to test a specific external alarm, first disable all other external alarms.
Identify the pin of the 15-pin DB connector corresponding to the alarm input. Assuming that the alarm is in "N" configuration, connect this pin to ground and observe the changes on the front panel of the IDU and on the Pilot screens.
M 2 (L) Tx 2 (L) Rx 2 (L)
M 2 (R) Tx 2 (R) Rx 2 (R)
Figure 4.7 - Local transmitter 1 and local receiver 1 active
The "ext" Led on the IDU front panel and its image on the Pilot screen must be red.
Check that the alarm disappears when the pin is disconnected from the ground.
Page 4-31
Page 4-32
From the local terminal, connect a BER analyzer on one of the 2 Mbit/s channels and make a remote loopback for this channel (see procedure in section 5.4 -). If there is no E1 installed, make a Gigabit Ethernet test (as specified in paragraph 4.5.3 -). Check that there are no errors (or no frame loss) for at least a minute (nominal RSL conditions, ATPC OFF).
4.5.8 - Quality measurement

The link quality can either be measured on a Gigabit Ethernet port or on one or more chained E1 ports (if the option is installed). Since the bit error rates on the Gigabit Ethernet train and on the E1s are the same, it is simpler to carry out this test on an E1 tributary The test is either carried out with the arrangement as described in paragraph 4.5.3 - or that described in paragraph 4.5.4 -.
From the local terminal, in "Super User" mode, select menu "Maintenance/Tx/Rx Forcing" or click on "Tx" on the main screen to access the manual switching command (refer to 6.22 -).
Select the channel 2 receiver by clicking on the Rx2 box, and validate.
M 1 (L) Tx 1 (L) Rx 1 (L)
M 1 (R) Tx 1 (R) Rx 1 (R)
For a 1+1 link, only the quality on the main ODUs in automatic switching mode will be tested. The duration of the BER test depends on the type of network and the criticality of the links. Generally: x 30 minutes for low capacity links (GSM, Wifi, etc.), x 24 hours for medium and high capacity links. Other durations could be considered upon request, but this will require Sagemcom approval.
M 2 (L) Tx 2 (L) Rx 2 (L)
M 2 (R) Tx 2 (R) Rx 2 (R)
Figure 4.8 - Local transmitter1 and local receiver 2 active
Switching between receivers should be error free. There should be no transmission errors for at least a minute.
4.5.9 - Recording configuration information

The configuration information can be recorded by the Pilot into files. These files must be attached to the commissioning form Link configuration information Open the "File/System Report" menu, the following screen is displayed:
From the local terminal, in the same menu, select the channel 2 transmitter by clicking on the Tx2 box.
A transmit switching causes errors (or frame losses). The number of errors counted by the analyzer should be less than 2,048106 (maximum time of switching equal to 1s).
M 1 (L) Tx 1 (L) Rx 1 (L)
M 1 (R) Tx 1 (R) Rx 1 (R)
M2 (L) Tx 2 (L) Rx 2 (L)
M 2 (R) Tx 2 (R) Rx 2 (R)
Figure 4.9 - Local transmitter 2 and local receiver 2 active
Clear the counter and check that in this configuration, the transmission is carried out without error.
Select again automatic switching by clicking on the "Tx Auto" and "Rx Auto" boxes.
If Revertive automatic switching Tx is on, the system should return to the channel 1 transmitter. Note: transmit switching will cause errors.
If Revertive automatic switching Tx is off, the system will remain on the channel 2; no error will be displayed.
The system is now in automatic mode, the orange maintenance Led is off.
Use the same procedure from the remote terminal.
Check all the boxes and click on "Save As". Save the file in the PC using a name indicating the local site and the remote site:
"[local site name] [remote site name].txt". SLF-H Page 1/3 Commissioning Form Customer: Link name: Date: Configuration
This text file contains information used to configure the local and remote sites, as well as information regarding the hardware and software versions (serial numbers, manufacturing date, versions, etc.). To print the file, click on "Print".
Saving local and remote terminal configurations
The configurations can be saved in files on the PC. If the IDU or the ODU is replaced, these files can be used to reload the configuration quickly.
To configurations are saved via the menu: "File/IDU Configuration/Local or Remote/Save".
Chose a file name indicating the names of the sites on the two ends of the link, e.g.:
1+1 FD
"[local site name] [remote site name].sav", for the local terminal.
"[remote site name] [local site name].sav", for the remote terminal. Modulation QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM Radio channel Optional E1s active
1+0 1+1 HSB 2+0 FD MUX64 SPDH Fixed ACM
1+1 SD 2+0 XPIC MUX32 SPDH
MaxProfile
GE Tx Mute Profile
Configurations are loaded via the menu: File/IDU Configuration/Local or Remote/Load.
QPSK low Mode if in 1+1: QPSK high Max throughput 16QAM Max protection 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM low 256QAM med 256QAM hgh
QPSK low QPSK high 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM low 256QAM med 256QAM high
7 MHz 0 2
14 MHz 4 8
28 MHz
Mode if in 2+0: All E1 on one channel For the configuration compatibility see Table 4-2
56 MHz 16 32 48 64 80
split E1 GE1 protected E1
Giga Ethernet interfaces
1000 Mbps
GE2
1000 Mbps
GE3
1000 Mbps
GE4
SX optical LX optical Electrical Auto 10 Mbps 100 Mbps Half Duplex Full Duplex SX optical LX optical Electrical Auto 10 Mbps 100 Mbps Half Duplex Full Duplex SX optical LX optical Electrical Auto 10 Mbps 100 Mbps Half Duplex Full Duplex SX optical LX optical Electrical Auto 10 Mbps 100 Mbps Half Duplex Full Duplex
Local site Name: Antenna type: IDU to ODU cable length: Transmit frequency: Name: Antenna type: IDU to ODU cable length: Transmit frequency: Remote site
1000 Mbps
Page 4-35
Page 4-36
SLF-H Page 3/3 Page 2/3 Commissioning Form
SLF-H
Commissioning Form
Attached electronic documents

Remote site VDC VDC Reference(s):
TEST RESULTS
Local site
Diskette File retrieved via the "File/System Report/Save As" menu File retrieved via the "File/IDU Configuration/Local /Save" menu File retrieved via the "File/IDU Configuration/Remote/Save" menu BER measurement file Other:
CD-ROM
Other
IDU Input voltage:
VDC
IDU Input voltage:
MUX64 Input voltage: RSL at ODU access (dBm) Measured Expected Difference
VDC
MUX64 Input voltage:
RSL at ODU access (dBm)
Measured
Expected
Difference
Channel 1
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 2
(If in XPIC mode)
(If in XPIC mode)
Channel 1
V H V H
dB
Channel 1
V H
Notes
Channel 2
V H 1 2 OK NOK OK NOK OK NOK OK NOK OK NOK NOK
Channel 2
Measured XPI* :
dB
Measured XPI* :
Measured on Channel
1 2
Measured on Channel
*XPI=RSLPOL - RSLXPOL
*XPI=RSLPOL - RSLXPOL
Giga Ethernet tests:
OK NOK
Giga Ethernet tests:
2Mbit/s tributary tests *:
OK NOK
2Mbit/s tributary tests *:
Alarms / loops *:
OK NOK
Alarms / loops *:
Wayside *:
OK NOK
Wayside *:
1+1 configuration *:
OK NOK OK
1+1 configuration *:
Giga Ethernet quality test
Duration:
Number of frame losses :
2 Mbit/s tributary quality tests *
Duration:
Number of Errors:
OK
NOK
(*) Optional
Page 4-37
Page 4-38
4BFINAL LINK CONFIGURATION
5. FINAL LINK CONFIGURATION

SLF-H can be used to transmit Ethernet frames simultaneously or not with 2 Mbit/s tributaries.
5.3 - CONFIGURING GIGABIT ETHERNET
Once the link is established, the configuration must be finalized via the Pilot, still in "Super User" mode. The following parameters must still be entered:
Useful information stored in the IDU memory, e.g. site names and some information which it could be useful to consult or load later.
The principle for transmission of Ethernet frames and the specific functions that can be associated with them are described in 2. It is strongly recommended to read this chapter before using the advanced Ethernet configuration capabilities.
Gigabit Ethernet access configuration.
5.3.1 - Notations used in this manual
2 Mbit/s access configuration.
BER and RSL alarm thresholds.
Configuration of local or external alarms, their severity, relays.
In this document, the front panel Ethernet ports (SFP slots) will be referred to as GE1, GE2, GE3 and GE4 ports. The radio port allowing transmission to remote equipment will be referred to as GER or Radio port.
Commissioning if necessary and configuration of Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC).
1+1 Switching configuration.
5.1 - ENTERING SITE NAMES
Enter the site names of the two terminals in "Site Name".
Ethernet bandwidth can be stated L1 or L2. This refers to OSI layers. At L2 (layer 2), each frame is composed of source address, destination address, EtherType field, and CRC field. At L1 (layer 1) each frame is composed of the L2 frame, plus a preamble, and a minimum silence period must be ensured between two frames (IFG, Inter Frame Gap). These additional fields represent 20 bytes. The bandwidth used for port speed is L1 bandwidth (10M, 100M, or 1000M). For a given frame size, the L2 corresponding bandwidth can be computed this way: L2band = L1band * (frame size) / (frame size + 20) Since IFG and preamble are remote by line interfaces, switch component only deal with L2 bandwidth. In this document and in the Pilot software, each bandwidth, unless specified, correspond to a L2 bandwidth.
4 classes of service are available on each port. Very High priority is the SP (Strict priority) class, High priority is the WRR (Weighted round robin) 16 class, Normal priority is the WRR 8 class, and Low priority is WRR 4 class.
5.3.2 - Ethernet Port configuration

The first step in configuring Ethernet is to setup Ethernet port. The port configuration window can be found in the Pilot menu here: Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Ethernet port configuration->local/remote
5.2 - SETTING THE DATE AND TIME
Click at the bottom left of the Pilot main screen to display the following screen:
The date of local and remote equipment can be modified.
Click on "Synchronize" then "Apply" to transfer PC date and time to the equipments, independently for the local and remote terminals or for both at the same time.

By applying the automatic value on a port, the equipment ensures that in any case, the QOS will be enforced on this egress port. The drawback is that for larger frames than 64 bytes, not all the L1 bandwidth will be used. For example with 1500 bytes frames, the L1 maximum bandwidth will be 77.1Mbps. Equipment also take into account additional SVLAN tag that might be added to frames, according to configuration. To avoid facing this limitation, if needed, the port shaping of each port can be configured.
The following port shaping modes are available: Automatic: in this mode, QOS is enforced on the target port, and shaping value is automatically computed. Disabled: In this mode, no shaping is applied. Full L1 bandwidth can be used at any time, but QOS is not enforced on egress side of the target port
5.3.2.1 - Physical configuration
Manual: In this mode, a value can be entered (in 100kbps unit) to define the L2 shaping applied on the port. Take care to set a value lower than the automatic value if QOS must be enforced.
For Each port (1 to 4), the SFP type must be configured (either Copper, or Fiber LX, or Fiber SX). Each port can be configured as disabled. Disabled ports will not link up, and thus will not carry any traffic. Unused ports should be disabled to prevent eavesdrop issues.
By default the shaping is mode is automatic, if in doubt, leave the configuration to default. On radio port, port shaping is automatically applied, and can be improved with adaptive shaping feature (see chapter 5.3.3 -).
For electrical SFP, auto-negotiation mode can be either enabled or disabled. If auto-negotiation is disabled, it is possible to configure port speed and duplex mode.
In addition to port shaping, a SPTC (Strict Priority Traffic Class) shaping may be applied. This shaping limits the rate of traffic passing through the Very High priority queue (other queues are not affected). The SPTC shaping can be either configured globally (see chapter 5.3.3 -) or per port. If configuration is per port, a SPTC shaping may be defined for each port (GE ports and Radio port)
For 1000Mbps speed, only full duplex mode is available.
The Ethernet port Configuration must be coherent between the two sides of Ethernet Cable. If SLF port is in auto negotiation configuration, the equipment connected to SLF must be in auto negotiation too. The same applies to a forced mode. The following SPTC modes are available: -
5.3.2.2 - Advanced configuration
Additional configuration is available for Ethernet ports. -
Disable: No SPTC shaping is applied. Traffic on Very High priority queue will not be limited (except by port shaping if any). Absolute: An absolute value should be entered (in 100kbps unit) to limit the bandwidth of Very High priority queue. Relative: In this mode, a percentage of the port shaping will be taken as the Very High priority queue bandwidth limit. For example if port shaping is 76.1Mbps, and 10% is entered, SPTC shaping will be 7.6Mbps. If no port shaping is applied (port shaping mode set to disable), the percentage is applied on the L1 port speed. For example if port speed is 100Mbps, and the percentage is set to 10%, the SPTC shaping will be 10Mbps.
To enforce QOS in EPLAN and EVPLAN configuration (see chapter 5.3.4 -), a shaping must be applied to each port. If no shaping is applied on the port, and congestion occurs on egress pipeline of this port, frame will be dropped randomly (no QOS is applied). If no congestion occurs on the port, the shaping is not useful.
The bandwidth limitation for GE ports is the physical L1 bandwidth. Shaping is enforced in the switch (at L2). When automatic mode is selected, the L2 shaping must be computed based on the worst case of L2 to L1 bandwidth conversion. The worst case corresponds to the smallest frames. In this case, the L2 bandwidth is:
L2bandwidth = L1bandwidth * 64/84
So, for example, with a 100Mbps port speed, the automatic shaping value will be 76.1Mbps.
5.3.3 - QOS Global configuration
The QOS global configuration window can be found in the Pilot menu here:
defined) the L1 port speed. The resulting SP TC value can de different from one port to the other if port shaping is not the same. If set to "Per port", the global configuration is ignored, and the configuration defined for each port is applied. (note that in other modes, port configuration is ignored). See chapter 5.3.2.2 -for details.
Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->Global QOS configuration->local/remote
5.3.4 - QOS & services configuration

When QOS mode is set to "Enable", Access to the QOS and services configuration window is granted. The window can be found in the Pilot menu here: Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->QOS and Services configuration>local/remote
Below is a screenshot of the window in the default equipment configuration:
QOS mode: While QOS Mode is set to "Disable", no shaping is performed on any port. No QOS is enforced on any port (including radio port). And mode is equivalent to 4 EPLINE. This means that frame that ingress on a local port will be sent to the radio port, and frames that ingress from the radio port can be sent to any GE port (according to FDB) or flooded. If QOS mode is set to "Enable", Radio port shaping is enforced, and QOS & services configuration window is available for QOS configuration. Note that it is strongly recommended to check QOS and services configuration if QOS is enabled (see chapter 5.3.4 -).
It is recommended to set this parameter to "Enable".
Adaptive shaping: When QOS mode is set to enable, adaptive shaping mode might be set to "Enable". Adaptive shaping feature enhances radio port shaping automatic configuration (it takes into account the statistical size of frames in shaping calculation). This result in a higher available bandwidth over the radio port. The drawback is a slight delay on the transmission, making the latency a little bit higher.
It is recommended to set this parameter to "Enable" since it allows gaining some Mbps of bandwidth and the latency increase is nearly nothing (less than 1s typical).
Jumbo frame mode: When jumbo frame mode is set to "Disable", switch can transmit frames size comprise between 64 and 2048 bytes. When jumbo frame mode is set to "Enable", switch can transmit frame size comprise between 64 and 10000 bytes. Between two local ports (no using the radio) frame size with jumbo mode can go up to 10256.
SPTC shaping: This setting allow to configure globally for all ports the shaping applied to Strict Priority (Very High) queue. This shaping limits the bandwidth available to services in Strict Priority. If set to "Disable", no SPTC shaping is applied on any port (no bandwidth limitation). If set to "All ports", a relative SPTC shaping is applied to all ports. The SPTC shaping value is based on the percentage configured in "SP TC Shaping Value" field. The bandwidth limitation is the percentage of the port L2 shaping or (if no port shaping is
Page 5-5 Page 5-6
The top part of the window (Service type/metering ) is global equipment configuration.

5.3.4.1.1 - 4 EPLINE mode In this mode, switching can only be performed to/from the radio port. Frames that ingress on GE ports are sent to the radio port. Frames that ingress from the radio port can be switched to any GE ports, according to the FDB, or flooded to all GE ports. Thus it is possible to establish a communication between GE port 1 of local equipment and GE port 3 of remote equipment. But two local GE ports can't exchange frames. No tagging action can be performed in this mode. Though Ingress frames can contain one (or more) VLAN tags. This is equivalent to all ports being configured as UNI, internally using SVLAN service 1.
The middle part of the window is port modes and port shaping and speed.
The bottom part is services/classifications configuration.
5.3.4.1 - Service types
Service type defines the network (or topology) behavior of the embedded switch. Two main modes are available, 4 EPLINE and advanced. In advanced mode, ports can be involved either in EPLAN or EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode. The configuration can be made from the "QOS and Services configuration window", as shown in the following screenshot. Main mode selection
QOS is only performed on the Radio port. No QOS is performed on GE ports. Thus classification can only be defined for GE ports (see chapter 5.3.4.4 - for classification description). No port shaping and no SPTC shaping is applied on GE ports (even if SPTC shaping is configured in Pilot software). Only Radio port is port shaped and can be SPTC shaped.
5.3.4.1.2 - Advanced mode Advanced mode gives access to EPLAN, EVPLINE and EVPLAN configurations. If a port is assigned to EPLAN, it can't be used for EVPLINE/EVPLAN, and a port assigned to EVPLINE/EVPLAN can't be used for EPLAN. A port is assigned to a given mode as soon as a service is created in the relevant tab (see screenshots in following sections).
5.3.4.1.3 - EPLAN In EPLAN mode, frames can be switched between all ports involved in this mode, including switching between two local GE ports. QOS is performed on all ports (Radio port and GE ports). No tagging action can be performed in this mode. Though Ingress frames can contain one (or more) VLAN tags. This is equivalent to ports being configured as UNI, internally using SVLAN service 1.
5.3.4.1.4 - EVPLINE/EVPLAN In EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode, frames can be switched between all ports involved in a given service (SVLAN). Each port can be involved in more than one service. QOS is performed on all ports. SVLAN tags can be pushed/popped on ingress/egress frames, or kept if already tagged. Three port modes are available, UNI-N, I-NNI, and E-NNI (see chapter 5.3.4.2 - for more information regarding ports mode and tagging possibilities). For each classification defined on any port, a service must be defined (S-VLAN column in the following screenshot).
EPLAN, EVPLINE/EVPLAN selection tab
Page 5-7
Page 5-8

Ports mode can be configured in the QOS and Services configuration window, in the middle part of the window, as shown in following screenshot.
Port mode selection 5.3.4.2.1 - UNI-N UNI stands for User to Network Interface. UNI ports are tagging points, when entering/leaving a network. Only GE ports can be defined as UNI. Ingress frames will receive an additional SVLAN tag (push) according to the classification configuration of the port (see chapter 5.3.4 - for details). Egress frames will loose the topmost SVLAN tag (pop). It is possible to have different services attached to a port. Ingress frames can be already tagged or not with one or more CVLAN or SVLAN.
Priority field of added SVLAN tag is defined according to configured classification and PCP encoding table. See chapters 5.3.4.4.4 - for details.
5.3.4.2.2 - I-NNI I-NNI stands for Internal Network to Network Interface. I-NNI ports are used for connections between two ports inside a trusted network. Frames that ingress I-NNI ports must be already tagged with a SVLAN tag. The SVLAN tag will be kept (both for ingress and egress frames). The QOS parameters (destination TC, drop precedence) used for ingress frames will be defined according to the SP (Service Priority) field of the SVLAN tag already on the frame. I-NNI ports are trusted ports. The only type of classification available for I-NNI ports is SVLAN classification. This classification allows filtering ingress SVLAN allowed, and services to which the port is involved. No QOS parameter is required for this classification (see chapter 5.3.4.2.2 - for details).
In this example screenshot, frames can be switched between GE port 1, GE port 4 and Radio port for service 200, and between GE port 2, GE port 3, and Radio port for service 100.
5.3.4.2 - Port modes and tagging possibilities
Ports mode is only meaningful for EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode. For other modes, ports can be considered to be all UNI (including Radio port), and not tagging action is performed.
In EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode, each GE port can be UNI-N, I-NNI, or E-NNI. Radio port is necessarily I-NNI. Following description only concerns EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode. 5.3.4.2.3 - E-NNI E-NNI stands for External Network to Network Interface. E-NNI ports are used for connections between two networks that don't share the same QOS marking. Frames that ingress E-NNI ports
Page 5-9
Before a port mode can be modified, all classifications defined for this port must be removed.
Page 5-10

WRR Scheduling: When SP TC is empty or at its limit rate, the remaining bandwidth is shared between the WRR TCs. The weights of the different WRR TCs define the relative bandwidth that can egress from each WRR TC. Thus, when congestion occurs, the available bandwidth of each WRR TC will depend on its weight and on the load of the other WRR TCs. WRR ensure that a minimum throughput will be available at anytime for each TC, and allow to control, in case of congestion, the relative bandwidth available for each TC.
must be already tagged with a SVLAN tag. The SVLAN tag will be kept (both for ingress and egress frames), but SP field will be rewritten for ingress frames. The QOS parameters (destination TC, drop precedence) used for ingress frames will be defined according to the classification configuration. ENNI ports are distrusted ports.
The only type of classification available for E-NNI ports is SVLAN classification. This classification allows filtering ingress SVLAN allowed, and services to which the port is involved. QOS parameter is required for this classification and SP field of SVLAN tag will be rewritten accordingly (see chapter 5.3.4.2.3 - for details).
5.3.4.2.4 - EtherType
In case of congestion, depending on the time a frame spend waiting in a TC queue, the latency can vary. To achieve low latency applications, use higher priority TC than the rest of the traffic. For example voice traffic should be classified inside TC3.
In EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode, the EtherType used for SVLAN services can be configured. The default value is 0x88A8. Any 2bytes value can be used, including the value used for CVLAN (0x8100). Bellow is a diagram of egress side of a port:
The EtherType value is the value that will be used for SVLAN tag added to ingress frames for UNI-N ports. On NNI ports, ingress frame must be tagged with a SVLAN tag using the configured EtherType. TC3 (SP) SPTC Shaper
TC2 (WRR 16)
Egress pipeline WRR Scheduler Port Shaper
TC0 (WRR 4)
Ether type configuration
EtherType used for CVLAN tags (used for CVLAN Id classification) cannot be configured, and is standard value 0x8100. 5.3.4.3.2 - Strict priority shaping
5.3.4.3 - QOS parameters
5.3.4.3.1 - Available classes of service
4 classes of service are available on each port. Each TC (Traffic Class) has a specific scheduling mode. Below is a list of the available TCs and the associated Scheduling mode:
TC
Description
Scheduling
Strict priority shaping (or SPTC shaping) can be configured to allow limiting SP TC available bandwidth. In some conditions, the traffic rate classified in SP TC (TC3) can't be controlled. If traffic in SP TC uses all the bandwidth available on a port, other WRR TCs will not be served at all. To avoid this situation, it is possible to configure a SP TC shaping, limiting the bandwidth only for the traffic of SP TC. In this case only a part of the port bandwidth might be used for SP TC, and the rest of the bandwidth is always available for WRR TCs.
TC3
Very high priority
SP (Strict Priority)
TC2
High priority
WRR (Weighted round robin) with weight 16
TC1
Normal priority
TC0
Low priority
SP TC can be either disabled, or configured globally as a percentage of the port shaped bandwidth (or port speed if no shaping is applied on the port), or configured per port. Per port configuration can be disabled, a percentage of the port shaped bandwidth, or a manually configured value. Chapter 5.3.3 - and 5.3.2.2 - describe the SP TC configuration.
SP Scheduling:
Note: SP TC can only be used if metering is disabled.
Strict priority means that as soon as there is a frame waiting to be transmitted in the associated TC, it will be transmitted. Other TCs must wait for the SP TC to be empty or for the SP TC to have reached the authorized SP TC shaped bandwidth limit (see chapter 5.3.4.3.2 - for details) to be served.
5.3.4.3.3 - Metering and policing
Page 5-11
Page 5-12
Port Scheduler
TC1 (WRR 8)
It is possible to perform metering and policing actions on the equipment. Metering configuration is global to the equipment and if turned on, metering and policing will be performed on all classifications.
Metering configuration can be found on the top of the QOS and Services configuration window, as shown in the following screenshot:
Below screenshot shows a classification add window with metering enabled:
Metering: CIR value
Equipment performs a two color marking for the metering (Green and Yellow) which is called SrTcm (Single rate, Two color marking). When metering is enabled, for each classification, a CIR value must be entered. Equipment will monitor the used bandwidth for each classification, and compare it with CIR value. If the used bandwidth is bellow the CIR, all frames in the associated flow will be marked Green. Otherwise, part of the frames will be marked Yellow, and part of the frames will be marked Green, so that the bandwidth for Green frames is equal to the CIR value.
For I-NNI ports, according to PCP encoding (5.3.4.4.4 - ), the CIR value might be required. If PCP encoding already include a drop precedence information (for example 5P3D encoding), the drop precedence from the SP field of SVLAN tag is used to define drop precedence. Thus no CIR value is required. Green frames have no drop precedence, and Yellow frame have drop precedence. If the PCP encoding mode doesn't include drop precedence information (for example 8P0D encoding), a CIR value must be defined for each SVLAN classification. Policing:
On the egress side, queuing in the different TCs will depend on the frame color and destination TC. When queuing frame in SP TC (TC3, very high priority), Green frames will be queued normally, and Yellow frame will be automatically dropped (whatever the queue status). Thus the egress bandwidth of the traffic classified on SP TC will never go above the CIR limit. When queuing frame in a WRR TC (TC2, TC1, TC0), Green frames will be queued normally, and Yellow frame will be queued only if queue is not too heavily loaded (enough free space in the queue is available). The result of this behavior is that when a classified traffic exceeds the CIR value, Yellow frames will be dropped while Green frames pass through. Thus the traffic below CIR will pass through without loss while traffic above CIR will be shaped if needed.
For UNI ports, the CIR defined for a classification is applied differently according to the equipment mode. If mode is EPLINE or EPLAN, the CIR is the limit for the flow identified by the classification it's configured for. If mode is EVPLINE or EVPLAN, the CIR is the limit for the total bandwidth used by all flows (classifications) that share the same service (SVLAN) on the port it's defined on. In the screenshot below, CVLAN 20 and 30 share the same SVLAN 300 on port 1. The limit for the bandwidth of both CVLAN cumulated is 5Mbps (even if 5Mbps is displayed for each of them). The CIR is share between these two. CIR for SVLAN 300 on other ports (for example port 2) is independent.
Note: TC priority (scheduling) acts on top of policing. Thus the CIR bandwidth can only be guaranteed within the bandwidth available to that TC (see 5.3.4.3.4 - for TC bandwidth calculation examples).
Note: Metering can only be enabled if flow control is disabled.
To give more freedom of configuration, no CIR oversubscription limit is implemented in either Equipment or Pilot software. User must be careful to avoid oversubscription while configuring QOS
Metering is performed on the ingress side.
Below screenshot shows an example with CIR value defined for some classifications:
Page 5-13
Page 5-14

TC0 egress rate is then: (100M 10M 20M) x 4 / (8+4) = 23.3M
5.3.4.3.4 - Bandwidth computation examples
Examples assume that frames in different TCs have the same size (to make bandwidth calculation easier).
5.3.4.4 - Services and QOS configuration

5.3.4.4.1 - Classification principle Classification goal is to distinguish traffic flows and assign them to services and apply different level of QOS on them. Several criteria can be used to classify traffic (see 5.3.4.4.2 - ). When QOS is disabled, no classification can be configured. In this case, all traffic competes on a best effort basis to use the available Ethernet or Radio port physical bandwidth. Frames will be randomly dropped. When QOS is enabled, all frames that ingress the equipment must be classified. All unclassified traffic will be dropped by equipment. In EVPLINE/EVPLAN, classification also allows defining to which service a given traffic belongs (for other modes, the classifications defaults to service 1).
1)
TC TC3 (SP) TC2 (WRR 16) TC1 (WRR 8) TC0 (WRR 4)
Port shaping: 100M SPTC shaping: none Ingress Load 1000M 1000M 1000M 1000M
Egress Load 100M 0M 0M 0M
In this example, No SPTC is configured, and TC3 use more bandwidth than port shaping. Thus TC3 takes all the available bandwidth of the port, which is 100M.
2) - An ingress port
A classification is a set of up to 5 parameters:
- A classification type (with specific classification type parameters, for eg. VLAN Id) - A priority (One of the destination TC, if port mode is not I-NNI) - A Service or SVLAN (default to 1 for all classification in EPLINE or EPLAN) - A CIR value (if metering is enabled, default values is 0 and is ignored if metering is disabled).
Port shaping: 100M SPTC shaping: 50M Ingress Load 1000M 1000M 1000M 1000M
Egress Load 50M 28.6M 14.3M 7.1M
In this example, TC3 load is higher than the SPTC shaping. The egress rate of TC3 is limited by the SPTC shaping, thus available egress rate for TC3 is 50M. Other WRR queues share the remaining bandwidth (100-50 = 50M) according to their weights. The load for TC2 for example is:
Classification can be defined and seen from the QOS and Services configuration window, on the bottom part, as shown below.
(100M - 50M) x 16 / (16+8+4) = 28.6M
Same goes for TC1 and TC0.
3)
Port shaping: 100M SPTC shaping: 50M Ingress Load 10M 20M 1000M 1000M
Egress Load 10M 20M 46.6M 23.3M
In this example, TC3 load is under the SPTC shaping. Thus all traffic rate on TC3 is not limited, and 10M egress from TC3. Other WRR queues share the remaining bandwidth (90M) according to their weights. The load for TC2 should be:
(100M 10M) x 16 / (16+8+4) = 51.4M
But TC2 is only loaded with 20M. Thus the total 20M of TC2 pass through, and the rest of the bandwidth is shared between TC1 and TC0. TC1 egress rate is then:
(100M 10M 20M) x 8 / (8+4) = 46.6M
Page 5-15
Page 5-16

In advanced mode, be sure to select the desired tab (EPLAN or EVPLINE/EVPLAN) before adding a classification. Classifications displayed are only the one relevant for the currently selected tab.
Only one type of classification may be used on a given port. Exception is for the default modes, which can be used to make default rules for other classification types (see details in the following chapter).
The following screenshot show an example of the classification add window (when add button is clicked) in EVPLINE/EVPLAN with metering enabled: Port on which the classification will be applied. Type of classification used. Parameter specific to this type of classification. Service associated with this classification (if mode is EVPLINE/EVPLAN). Priority assigned to this classification (Low, Normal, High, or Very high) CIR value for this service (if metering is enabled).
The following screenshot is the same window except that the classification is added for EPLAN and metering is disabled:
Classification Control buttons
List of configured classifications
Columns header 5.3.4.4.2 - Available classification types Hereafter is the list of available classifications and associated parameters. All classification can be applied to UNI port, except SVLAN classification. SVLAN classification can only be applied to I-NNI or E-NNI ports (and is the only classification available for these ports mode).
The list of classification can be sorted using the column headers.
Existing classifications on the list can be deleted or modified when selected by using the Delete or Modify button. Modifying an existing classification allows to change the priority or the CIR. If the other fields have to be modified, the classification must be deleted and recreated.
Use Add button to add a new classification. Delete all button will delete all existing classifications.
Page 5-17 Page 5-18
Screenshots are taken for a classification in EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode with metering enabled. If classification is added in EPLINE or EPLAN mode, the SVLAN field will be absent (default to 1). If metering is disabled, CIR field will be absent. But the classification remains the same.
Default equipment configuration is in 4 EPLINE mode, with a port classification on each GE port with priority High and metering disabled. CVLAN Id classification.
Port classification
VLAN Id parameter.
Port classification includes all frames that ingress from a given port. All traffic will fall under this classification. No additional parameter is required. No other classification may be added to the port. Target port.
Port classification.
In this example, frame with a CVLAN tag (EtherType 0x8100) with a VLAN Id field equal to 10 that ingress from port 1 will be added to SVLAN 200 (a tag will be pushed on top of the frame) and will be classified on Normal priority queue (TC1). The CIR limit here is 10M. All other frames will be dropped, if there is no other classification on this port.
In this example, any frame that ingress from port 1 will be added to SVLAN 200 (a tag will be pushed on top of the frame) and will be classified on Normal priority queue (TC1). The CIR limit here is 10M.
CVLAN Id classification
This classification is based on the VLAN Id field of ingress frames containing a CVLAN tag. The CVLAN tag of ingress frames must have an EtherType value of 0x8100. An additional VLAN Id value must be supplied. The value can be a single value or a range of value. Note that when defining a range of value, more than one service slot might be used on the total number available. It is possible to add another VLAN Id classification or a default classification (default_all, default_tagged, default_untagged) on the same port.
In this classification mode, it is possible to use a special priority level, called "user". With this "user" priority selected, the behavior will be a little different. UP (User Priority) field of ingress CVLAN tag will be copied to the SP (Service Priority) of added SVLAN tag. The PCP decoding table (see chapter 5.3.4.4.4 - ) will be used to classify frames. If PCP table have drop precedence information and metering is enabled, the drop precedence will also be extracted from UP field. Otherwise, if metering is enabled, a CIR value must be defined for the classification.
In this example, frame with a CVLAN tag (EtherType 0x8100) with a VLAN Id field equal to 10 that ingress from port 1 will be added to SVLAN 200 (a tag will be pushed on top of the frame) and will be classified according to UP value of ingress CVLAN tag. The SP field of SVLAN tag will be copied from UP field of CVLAN tag.
CVLAN UP classification This classification is based on the VLAN UP (User Priority) field of ingress frames containing a CVLAN tag. The CVLAN tag of ingress frames must have an EtherType value of 0x8100. An additional UP value must be supplied. It is possible to add another CVLAN UP classification or a default classification (default_all, default_tagged, default_untagged) on the same port.
Page 5-19
Page 5-20

This classification takes all unclassified frames. CVLAN UP classification. Default_tagged: This classification takes all CVLAN tagged frames that are unclassified. CVLAN tag must have an EtherType of 0x8100. VLAN UP parameter. Default_untagged: This classification takes all frames that are not CVLAN tag with an EtherType of 0x8100, and unclassified.
Default_tagged and default_untagged can be used together if available. But default_all can't be used along with default_tagged nor default_untagged.
Below is a screenshot of the QOS and Services configuration window with some services defined:
User predefined classification
The user predefined classifications are configured on a separate window (see chapter 5.3.4.4.3 for details). Here, any of the user predefined classification can be selected. It is possible to add another User predefined classification (but only of the same type) or a default classification (default_all) on the same port.
User predefined classification.
Selected User predefined.
In this example, frame which match the filter defined for user create rule named "DSCP_10" will be added to SVLAN 200 (a tag will be pushed on top of the frame) and will be classified on Normal priority queue (TC1). The CIR limit here is 10M. All other frames will be dropped, if there is no other classification on this port.
Default classifications
The default classifications allow completing some other classifications with default rules. Other classifications are done in priority, which ensure that only the unclassified frames fall in the default mode. Three default modes may be available (depending on the port other classification, see other classification description for availability):
Default_all:
Page 5-21
Page 5-22
Each of the filters can be modified. For each filter, a name, a target field, and a value should be provided. The name is used in the QOS and Services configuration window to identify the user predefined classification. The target field can be any of the following frame field with the associated values:
MAC SA: Ethernet MAC source address A mask on MAC address must be entered. For each byte of the address, a value can be entered or a wildcard can be used (enter two wildcards), address bytes are separated with dashes: 00-**-**-**-12-AB Here all Ethernet MAC source addresses starting with byte 00 and ending with bytes 12 followed by AB will match the defined classification.
MAC DA: Ethernet MAC destination address Same behavior and configuration than MAC SA but with destination address. DSCP: DSCP field of IP header Any value from 0 to 63 might be entered. This value will be compared to the 6 bits of DSCP field of IP header (if any) of ingress frames. Combined with default classification mode, this allows creating up to 8 DSCP based classes of service. IP protocol: IP protocol field of IP header Any value from 0 to 255 might be entered. This value will be compared to the byte of IP header specifying used upper protocol (for example ICMP, TCP, IGMP, OSPF ..). Source IP: Source IP address A mask on IP address must be entered. For each byte of the address, a value can be entered or a wildcard can be used (enter two wildcards), address bytes are separated with dots: 192.168.**.** Here all IP source addresses starting with bytes 192 followed by 168 will match the defined classification. Dest IP: destination IP address Same behavior and configuration than SIP but with destination address. Source port: UDP/TCP source port
5.3.4.4.3 - User predefined classifications
User predefined classification provides 8 additional classifications that can be chosen and configured according to customer necessity. User predefined configuration window can be found here:
Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->User predefined->local/remote
Below is a screenshot of the window:
Page 5-23
Page 5-24
Any value from 0 to 65535 might be entered. This value will be compared to the source port of UDP or TCP protocol.
Dest port : UDP/TCP destination port
Same behavior and configuration than Source port by with destination port.
Note: it is not possible to modify an entry if a classification is using this entry (in the QOS and Services configuration window).
5.3.4.4.4 - PCP encoding
8P0D decoding SP field 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Priority Low Low Medium Medium High High Very high Very high Priority Low Medium High Very high
8P0D encoding SP field 1 3 5 7
PCP encoding and decoding tables are used to handle the priority field of SVLAN tags (SP) used as PCP code. 5P3D table: The 5P3D table includes up to 5 levels of priority and 3 levels of drop precedence. Since the equipment has 4 TCs, the two higher priorities are grouped (6 and7). For each other priority two values are available, one with drop precedence, and one without drop precedence. If metering is enabled, decoding table will give the drop precedence to use for I-NNI ports. Encoding table allows encoding the priority selected, and the result of the metering.
It will be used in the following situations:
UNI ports, in EVPLINE/EVPLAN (encode table)
To define the value of the UP field of added SVLAN tag, based on the classification selected priority and drop precedence (resulting from metering if used).
I-NNI ports, in EVPLINE/EVPLAN (decode table)
To decode the SVLAN UP field of ingress frames and obtain the priority to apply and the drop precedence (metering result, if used). Priority assignments are as follows:
UNI ports, in EVPLINE/EVPLAN, with CVLAN Id classification and "user" priority selected (decode table)
In this case, the UP bits of ingress CVLAN tagged frames are copied to SP bits of SVLAN tag (see chapter 5.3.4.4.2 - for details). The table is then used like in the previous I-NNI use case, to decode SP bits and extract the target priority and drop precedence if any.
The desired PCP table can be selected in the upper part of the QOS and Services configuration window, in advanced mode.
5P3D decoding SP field Priority Low 0 Low 1 Medium 2 Medium 3 High 4 High 5 Very high 6 Very high 7
Drop precedence yes no yes no yes no no no
5P3D encoding Priority Drop precedence Low yes Low no Medium yes Medium no High yes High no Very high yes (not used) Very high no
SP field 0 1 2 3 4 5 7 Note: encoding for very high priority and drop precedence is unused because frame with drop precedence on Strict priority queue are systematically dropped, and thus don't egress the equipment.
User defined table: In this mode, the user may configure the PCP table manually. When clicking on the "Table" button of the QOS and Services window, the following window appears:
Three tables are available, 8P0D, 5P3D, and User. The User selection allows defining the table manually by clicking on the "Table" button.
8P0D table:
The 8P0D table doesn't include drop precedence information (0D) and allows up to 8 priority levels. Since the equipment has 4 TCs, priorities are grouped two by two.
Metering result information doesn't influence SP field value and no drop precedence information can be extracted from the table. For I-NNI ports classifications, if metering is enabled, the CIR value has to be defined for the equipment to measure the ingress rate and determine the drop precedence to apply internally.
Priority assignments are as follows:


Flow control can't be enabled if metering is enabled at the same time. Metering must first be disabled before enabling flow control. Flow control will only send pause frames for local GE ports. For example if congestion occurs on the Radio port, pause frames will be sent to all GE port (from 1 to 4). If congestion occurs on GE port 3, pause frames will be sent to GE port 1, 2 and 4. In EVPLINE/EVPLAN mode, pause frame is sent only to the ports that share at least one common SVLAN with the port on which congestion occurs.
It is mandatory for flow control to work that Client equipments connected to GE port are fow control capable and that the flow control option is turned on for these equipments (generally found in the port configuration or QOS configuration). It is recommended that all equipments have flow control enable if one of them is.
5.3.5.2 - Mac filtering

MAC filtering option allows filtering (dropping) some selected addresses. It is possible to filter up to 16 addresses per port. When a new filter is applied, it is possible to apply it to more than one port at a time.
This table is used both for encoding and decoding. For each SP field value, a corresponding priority can be selected (Low, Medium, High, Very high).
Mac filtering can be found in the following menu of the Pilot software: Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->Security configuration->MAC filtering>local/remote
For decoding, the priority is deduced from the table directly.
For encoding, the lowest SP field value corresponding to the destination priority is used.
For example, in the previous screenshot, the decoded priority for SP field value 5 is Very high. The SP field encoded value for priority Normal is 3.
5.3.5 - Other features
5.3.5.1 - Flow control
Flow control can be enabled to avoid having congestion inside the equipment. Flow control function monitors egress queues and above a threshold starts sending pause frames to stop queuing frames. Equipments connected to GE ports receive the pause frames and stop sending traffic. Traffic is resumed when queues are empty enough.
Clicking on the Add button brings the following window, where it is possible to enter a new address and select target ports. Address can be either source address (SA) or destination address (DA).
Flow control configuration can be found in the following Pilot menu:
Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->Congestion configuration->local/remote
Page 5-27
Page 5-28

Note: Aging time is in fact the aging period. FDB is parsed every aging period to check addresses that were not used during the period and remove them if needed. From the customer point of view, an address that stop being used at a time T will be forgotten at a time between T + aging time and T + 2 x aging time.
5.3.5.3 - Fast link shutdown
Fast link shutdown function allows forcing a link shutdown on GE ports when radio channel is unavailable. This behavior can be useful to speed up network protection protocol triggering like for example RSTP.
Fast link shutdown configuration can be found in the following menu of Pilot software:
5.3.5.5 - Ethernet with 2+0 XPIC or FD modes

When 2+0 radio function is enabled, Ethernet configuration remains the same. No additional parameter is required. Both radio channels are aggregated using a proprietary patented link aggregation mechanism. The full radio bandwidth available for Ethernet traffic can always be fully used, whatever the Ethernet traffic is (LAPC on the contrary rely on MAC addresses and has a statistical aspect that doesn't guarantee full link exploitation). Moreover, even in dissymmetrical conditions (when channel 1 has more available bandwidth than channel 2 for example in ACM, or when on channel is down), the equipment can still guarantee full link exploitation. Thus Ethernet bandwidth can be computed at any time as the sum of available bandwidth for channel 1 and 2 (or H and V in case of XPIC).
Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->Fast link shutdown->local/remote
To compute available bandwidth, refer to performance sheets specific to the software version in use. The bandwidth is given for a single channel, and thus must be summed for 2+0 applications (taken into account each channel configuration, in particular, the number of E1).
5.3.5.6 - Ethernet with ACM

When equipment is in ACM mode, the modulation and coding gain of the radio channel is dynamically adapted to available radio signal quality. For Ethernet part, the consequence is that the bandwidth available on Radio port will vary in time to adapt to the current radio configuration. For each ACM profile, an Ethernet bandwidth is available (see chapter 1.5 - for explanations about ACM). The dynamic bandwidth should be taken into consideration to defined QOS configuration (in particular SPTC shaping and metering).
Function can enabled or disabled. If enabled, the target ports must be selected.
When the equipment radio modem reception gets unlocked (very bad radio conditions or hardware failure), the equipment will force a link down on the selected ports. The link down is applied in less than 50ms. When radio condition gets better or hardware failure is fixed, ports are enabled again and resume normal behavior.
Where network protection protocol such as RSTP would have to wait for generally 3 Hellotime message timeout before stating that link is unavailable (by default around 6 seconds), the link down applied by fast link shutdown mechanism force the link unavailability directly, and reduce this delay to 50ms.
It is possible to define a minimum profile for Ethernet part of the equipment. To do so, go to the capacity configuration window, and select the "GE Tx mute on profile below", As show in the following screenshot.
5.3.5.4 - FDB management
Equipment's switch FDB (Forward DataBase can store up to 16k Ethernet MAC addresses. The FDB configuration window can be found in the following menu of Pilot software:
Configuration->Gigabit Ethernet->Advanced configuration->FDB management->local/remote
The aging time of the FDB can be configured by steps of 10 seconds. Default value is 30, which gives an aging time of 5 minutes.
The table can be flushed at anytime using the "Flush FDB" button.
Page 5-29
Page 5-30

Bring the minimum GE profile selection window.
5.4 - CONFIGURING 2 MBIT/S PORTS

Click on one of the "TRIB" connectors in the Shelf view or open the "Configuration / E1 Tributaries / Local or Remote" menu to open the window used to configure the 2 Mbit/s ports. This screen may vary depending on the current capacity. A screen example for a capacity of 16 x 2 Mbit/s ports is given below: When this button is "ON", an AIS signal is transmitted when the error rate is higher than the threshold configured for the alarm BER Alarm" Set the loopback time required
Select the desired minimum in the list of available profiles.
If at anytime the radio switches to a profile below (strictly) the selected minimum, Ethernt Radio port available bandwidth will be set to 0. This stops all transmission over the Radio channel for Ethernet.
Other tributaries (E1, management channel, wayside) are unaffected, and keep functioning normally.
Blank: No loopback L: Local loopback R: Remote loopback
Blank: active (normal) S: AIS transmission I: the access is not used N: The access is used (Normal) Balanced 75: The connector corresponding to this group of tributaries is in unbalanced 75 Ohm configuration
This can be useful to force network protection equipments to select another path in the network when available bandwidth of radio channel is not sufficient. For example in the screenshot above, All QOS can be configured as if the minimum bandwidth available for radio channel was 74.4Mbps, knowing that if equipment goes to a lower bandwidth (or suffer a hardware failure), traffic will be stopped to force using another path in the network. x x
Click on the corresponding button to change the settings. AIS insert on BER: when this button is ON, an AIS is transmitted when the error rate is higher than the threshold configured for the alarm BER Alarm". Monitoring: x If the access is not connected, configure it as invert "I". In this case, no alarm is generated since there is no signal at the input. However, if the access is configured as invert, a tributary alarm is generated if a signal is present. x x If the access is used for traffic, it must be configured as normal "N". In this mode, an alarm is generated if there are no signals on the access. Service: in normal operation, select "blank" button (active). If "S" is selected, an AIS is returned locally on the reception access of the channel concerned. Note that, in this case, no AISs are transmitted to the remote terminal. x Interface: each DB44 or DB78 connector on the front panel includes the access for eight or 16 x 2 Mbit/s inputs/outputs. The electrical interface of the accesses can be configured by the Pilot one connector at a time by clicking on the corresponding Balanced 120 / Unbalanced 75 buttons.
To give customer more freedom of configuration, no limitation is enforced in embedded or Pilot software regarding minimum bandwidth, CIR reservation or SPTC shaping. User must be careful while configuring QOS to avoid oversubscription.
Page 5-31
Page 5-32
Tributaries loopbacks
remote timer for E1 loopback. This loopback time can be also defined via the "Maintenance / Loopbacks / Loopback Timer" menu. When a local loopback is activated, a maintenance indication is displayed in the Pilot status bar, the orange "Maint" Led on the local IDU front panel and its image on the Pilot are lit. When a remote loopback is activated, the orange "Maint" Led on the remote IDU front panel and its image on the Pilot are lit but no maintenance indication in the Pilot status bar, this one being connected to the local IDU.
Loopback: click on a button on the loopback line of a port "x" to display the screen allowing the local or remote E1 loopbacks for this port. This screen can also be displayed from the "Maintenance / Loopbacks / Tributary x-y" menu. An Equipment loopack (Maintenance / Loopbacks / Equipment Loopback On menu) will make inaccessible this menu and the E1 ports loopback. Check one or more boxes to activate remote loopback
Check one or more boxes to activate local loopback
5.5 - CONFIGURING THE ALARM THRESHOLDS

BER and RSL alarms thresholds can be adjusted with the Pilot software. Open the "Configuration / Alarms / Local" menu or click on the "Alarms In/Out" connector in the Shelf view.
5.5.1 - BER and ACM alarm thresholds

Select the Modem tab. Two BER thresholds can be configured: BER Alarm (default: 10-3) and BER Warning (default: 10-6) These thresholds may be modified between 10-3 and 10-6. It is advised to keep the default values. For ACM mode, a threshold profile can be selected to trigger modem ACM alarm when modem current profile goes bellow (strictly) the threshold.
The principle of remote loopback is explained in the following diagram:
Local tributary loopback 2 Mbit/s Output 2 Mbit/s Input 2 Mbit/s Output 2 Mbit/s Input
2 Mbit/s Input
2 Mbit/s Output
2 Mbit/s Input
2 Mbit/s Output
Remote tributary loopback Remote terminal
Local terminal
5.5.2 - RSL alarm threshold

Select the Radio tab. The threshold can be adjusted between -40 dBm and -90 dBm (default: -60 dBm).
Local loopback is used to check the wiring on the local terminal.
Remote loopback is used to check the radio transmission.
Timer: define the loopback time for the link (maximum 8 hours, default value 1 hour) so that it returns to non-looped back mode automatically: local timer for Equipment or E1 loopback,
Page 5-33
Page 5-34
5.6 - CONFIGURING THE ALARMS

Configuration is carried out via the "Configuration / Alarms / Local or Remote" menu, by clicking on one of the "Relay" Leds on the Pilot front panel, or by clicking on the "Alarms In/Out" connector on the Shelf view. Six tabs are available to configure the site alarms, their severity, their assignment to a relay and their transmission to the manager. Whenever a box is checked, an "Apply" window is displayed: click to validate the configuration. A view of each of the six tabs is given for information or to indicate a special configuration. The meaning of the alarms is described in 7.5.1 -.
5.6.1 - General parameters

On all tabs, each alarm can: x be assigned to one or more relays if the corresponding boxes are checked; the default assignment of the relays is given in 5.6.8 -. 3 relay outputs are available on the "Alarms IN/OUT" connector. These relays are fully programmable: Internal local alarms or external (local or remote) alarms can be assigned to each relay. Relay operation can be enabled or disabled by checking or unchecking the "Enable relays" box in "General Parameters"; in the default configuration, the box is checked. If an alarm is generated the names of the alarm and of the associated relay are written in red. Click on a Relay box to check or uncheck all boxes in the alarm column in one go. x Define a severity level: "None", "Warning", "Minor", "Major" or "Critical" by checking the corresponding box. The default alarm severities are indicated in the tables of 7.5.1 -. Check the corresponding box "Enable Trap", if you want to send the SNMP trap to network managers. The default configuration is "box checked" for all alarms except for "Link Status" and "Rx Frame".
5.5.3 - Ethernet bitrate alarm threshold
Select the Gigabit Ethernet tab.
The threshold can be adjusted by steps of 1 kpbs. Alarm will be raised if Radio port bandwidth goes below the threshold (useful in ACM). Default value is 0, which disables the alarm.
The traps sent to the network manager can be filtered according to the severity: check the "Disable traps with severity" box corresponding to the severity level you do not want to send the trap to the manager, for all alarms configured at this level; the default configuration is "box unchecked". The list of managers authorized to manage the equipment traps can be completed by clicking on "Trap Managers". The maximum number of authorized managers in a network is 10.
Enter the IP address of the authorized manager to be added
Add, modify or delete a manager
Page 5-35
Page 5-36
5.6.2 - "IDU" tab
5.6.3 - "Modem" tab
SLF-H can manage up to 5 external alarm inputs available locally. These signals are connected to the "Alarms IN/OUT" connector. The pinout of this connector is given in 3.7.2.3 -.
This tab can also be used to set the BER alarm thresholds (see 5.5.1 -).
These five alarms can only be configured locally and named; they will be either:
x "D": the alarm is disabled
5.6.4 - "Radio" tab
x "N": the alarm is configured as normal; there will be no alarms if the corresponding input on the connector is in open circuit, and an alarm will be generated if this input is shorted to the ground.
x "I": the alarm is configured as invert; the alarm state corresponds to open circuit.
SLF-H can also display locally the 5 alarm inputs from the remote terminal by checking the corresponding box; the "ext" Led of the local IDU will be red.
If the status of any activated external alarm changes, the "Ext" Led on the IDU front panel is lit red.
This tab can also be used to display or not an alarm regarding the Wayside channel by checking or unchecking the corresponding box.
Page 5-37
Page 5-38
5.6.5 - "Tributaries" tab
This tab can also be used to:
- Set the RSL alarm thresholds (see 5.5.2 -).
- Define RSL Gap, which is the minimal variation of RSL above which the RSL change will be recorder in the Event log.
Page 5-39
Page 5-40
5.6.6 - "Gigabit Ethernet" tab
This tab can also be used to:
- Set the Ethernet bitrate threshold (see 5.5.3 -).
5.6.7 - "Fans" tab
Page 5-41
Page 5-42
5.6.8 - Default configuration of the alarm relays
5.8 - SPECIFIC CONFIGURATIONS FOR 1+1 SYSTEMS

Revertive Automatic Switching Tx for "Hot Stand By" or "Space Diversity" configurations. This option gives priority to the transmitter channel 1. When this box is checked "ON", the transmitter in traffic is that from the ODU 1. If there is a fault on the channel 1, traffic is switched over onto the channel 2. When the fault on the main channel disappears, the system switches the traffic back to the channel 1. Click on the protection button of the Pilot screen or open the "Configuration / Protection / Local or Remote" menu to display the following screen:
Relays
Relay 1
Relay 2
Relay 3
Alarms assigned by default Wayside Modem alarms Fan alarms Tributary alarms Giga Ethernet alarms Radio alarms
Table 5-1 - Default configuration of the alarm relays
5.7 - CONFIGURING THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL (ATPC)
ATPC is used to increase the density of a network by allowing frequency reuse. This process consists in automatically reducing the transmit power of each transmitter, while keeping good transmission.
ATPC must not be active during antenna installation and commissioning.
ATPC settings depend on the structure of the network (frequency re-use, radio interferers, link margin). The operator must define 3 main parameters:
Maximum ATPC transmit power
Minimum ATPC transmit power
ATPC reception threshold When the Revertive Automatic Switching Tx option is not selected, transmit switch position is free. The system stays in the current position until a fault appears. Note that the transmit and receive switches are independent.
The minimum and maximum powers must be within the transmitter power ranges.
The ATPC receive threshold must be within the range -40 dBm to -70 dBm.
The ATPC process consists in modifying transmit power automatically within the specified range while ensuring that there are no transmission errors and that the received level on the remote terminal remains equal to the specified threshold (+/- 1dB).
To enable ATPC, click on the ATPC button and set it to "ON".
ATPC parameters are configured via the Configuration / ATPC / Local or Remote / Channel 1 or Channel 2 menu or by clicking "ATPC" on the main screen.
Enter the three values and validate with the Apply button.
Page 5-43
Page 5-44
5BOPERATION PILOT
6. OPERATION PILOT
SLF-H operation and maintenance are carried out: - directly on the equipment, via the Leds on the front panel, - from a PC equipped with the Pilot software, or, - from a network manager by using SNMP protocol.
This paragraph describes the Pilot screens used to access all functions of SLF-H equipment.
5BOPERATION PILOT
File
Session
Alarms
Configuration
Performance
Maintenance
Help
Open Session Close Session
View Text Log Graphical Log
System Report IDU Configuration Boot Firmware IDU Firmwares ODU Firmwares Quit Local Remote Save Load
Alarms Management Network Gigabit Ethernet Protection ATPC E1 Tributaries Hardware Inventory Pilot Reset to default database
RSL Link Statistics Gigabit Ethernet Wayside Clear BER stats Clear/Reset All
Tx/Rx Forcing Loopbacks Frequency Scan Constructor Maintenance Restriction Try to unmute remote
Shortcuts About FH HC Pilot
Channel 1 Channel 2
General Ethernet Statistics Metering Statistics
Click on
in the screen to display the front panel of the equipment managed by the Pilot.
Ethernet port configuration Advanced configuration Ethernet Ports and Radio Channel Routes
Tributary 1-8 Tributary 9-16 Tributary 17-32 Tributary 33-48 Tributary 49-64 Tributary 65-80 Equipment Loopback On Equipment Loopback Off Loopback Timer
QoS global configuration QoS and Services configuration Congestion configuration Security configuration User predefined FDB management Fast Link Shutdown
Mac filtering
Channel 1 Channel 2
Figure 6.1 - Equipment shelf view without SPDH extension

Figure 6.3 - Pilot menu tree structure For some configuration, the tree structure items include the "local" or "remote" submenu, which is not displayed here. Menus in bold have submenus
Page 6-2
Figure 6.2 - Equipment shelf view with SPDH extension
This view also provides direct access to several Pilot menus, by clicking on the various elements. For example, clicking on the "Alarms In/Out" connector opens the equipment alarm configuration window.
The Pilot menus, available when logged on as "Super User" mode, are described in the following tree structure.
Page 6-1
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.1 - HELP MENU

6.2.1 - "File / System Report" menu
6.2 - FILE MENU
"Help / Shortcuts" menu: gives the list of functions that can be accessed via keyboard shortcuts.
This menu can be used to print or save on PC a text file containing various useful information, like for example equipment configuration data and the detailed equipment composition (serial numbers, hardware and software versions, etc.) of the local and remote sites. Items can be added or not in the report depending on the boxes checked (see 4.5.9 -).
6.2.2 - "File / IDU Configuration / Local or Remote / Save" menu

This menu can be used to save on PC the local or remote site configurations (cards, alarms, performance, connections, protection, etc.). If the IDU or the ODU is replaced, these files can be used to reload the configuration quickly. Note: always use a ".sav" extension for these configuration files.
Warning, configuration filename should not contain special characters (otherwise, configuration file retrieve will fail).
6.2.3 - "File / IDU Configuration / Local or Remote / Load" menu

This menu can be used to quickly load a previously saved IDU configuration, either in the list proposed or in an external file retrieved by "Other file"; in this case, click on "Download".
"Help / About FH HC Pilot" menu: indicates the Pilot software version
Page 6-3
Page 6-4
5BOPERATION PILOT
Download: downloads a firmware version selected in the list proposed or in an external file retrieved by "Other file"; in this case, click on "Download". After downloading, the Pilot proposes immediate or deferred activation of the new firmware. Warning, firmware filename should not contain special characters (otherwise, firmware file download will fail). It is safer to keep the name of the firmware files provided by Sagemcom unmodified.
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.2.4 - "File / Boot Firmware / Local or Remote" menu
This menu gives the current version of the boot firmware and can be used to load another firmware selected in the list proposed or in an external file retrieved by "Other file"; in this case, click on "Download".
6.2.6 - "File / ODU Firmware / Local or Remote" menu

The menu indicates the current version of the ODU firmware and the version stored in reserve bank.
Warning, boot filename should not contain special characters (otherwise, boot file download will fail). It is safer to keep the name of the boot files provided by Sagemcom unmodified.
6.2.5 - "File / IDU Firmware / Local or Remote" menu
The menu indicates the current version of the IDU firmware and the version stored in reserve bank.
Activate reserve firmware: activates the ODU firmware from the reserve bank. Download: downloads a firmware version selected in the list proposed or in an external file retrieved by "Other file"; in this case, click on "Download". After downloading, the Pilot proposes immediate or deferred activation of the new firmware. In 1+1 configuration, the standby ODU is downloaded independently. Warning, firmware filename should not contain special characters (otherwise, firmware file download will fail). It is safer to keep the name of the firmware files provided by Sagemcom unmodified.
6.2.7 - "File / Quit" menu

"File / Quit" menu: after confirmation, closes the Pilot software.
6.3 - SESSION MENU

The "Open Session" and "Close Session" menus are used to open or close a session concerning a link without exiting the Pilot.
Activate reserve firmware: activates the IDU firmware from the reserve bank.
Page 6-5
Page 6-6
5BOPERATION PILOT 6.4.2 - "Alarms / Text Log / Local or Remote" menu

This menu is used to display two types of record: Alarms: date and time when they were triggered, location, severity, alarm type, appearance or disappearance information.
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.4 - ALARMS MENU
6.4.1 - "Alarms / View / Local or Remote" menu
This menu is used to display all alarms of the local or remote site.
Event log: date and time when the events occurred, location, event type, additional information.
This screen can also be accessed by clicking on one of the alarm Leds on the Pilot front panel or on icon at the top left of the screen. the
Green Led: no alarm Red Led: alarm (on the shelf view, the corresponding connector will be surrounded in red) Grey Led: no corresponding physical elements or alarm indication not required or deactivated alarm.
Click on "Save Log" to save the alarm log or the event log on the PC in a .log file which can be kept for consultation. Click on "Reset Log" to clear all records on the "Alarms" and "Events" tabs simultaneously and start a new record.
The meaning of these alarms, their default severity and the corrective action required are indicated in 7.5.1 -.
Page 6-7
Page 6-8
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
Note: event dating is based on the Pilot clock which has been preferably synchronized on the clock of the PC connected.
6.6 - CONFIGURATION / MANAGEMENT NETWORK / ETHERNET PORTS AND RADIO CHANNEL / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
6.6.1 - Description of the Management network
SLF-H equipment can be operated via an SNMP type management network, by the Pilot software, and/or an SNMP manager (IONOS NMS). The equipment can be managed via the integrated network management interface acting as an IP router.
6.4.3 - "Alarms /Graphical Log / Local or Remote" menu
MGMT1
Ethernet
MGMT2
Switch L2
Network management interface
TSL/PPP (to remote IDU)
The router has two ports: The IDU management Ethernet port (MGMT1 or MGMT2), associated with a MAC address. This MAC address is unique and non modifiable. An IP address is associated with this MAC address. The radio port (TSL) communicating with the remote IDU via a PPP type protocol. To make the management system easier to implement, the IP addresses of these ports are managed internally and are transparent for the user.
This display is the graphical representation of the alarms contained in the equipment log. To make the terminals easier to identify, a virtual IP address is defined for each terminal (terminal = IDU+ODU). This address will be used by the Pilot software and the network manager to identify the terminal. This address is independent of the IDU Ethernet port address and must not belong to the same subnet. This address is called the Management IP Address. The IDU Ethernet port IP address does not operate with SNMP, since the equipment always answers with the management address. A SLF-H equipment can be connected via the IDU Ethernet interface to another equipment, whether or not SLF-H. To route the datagrams on the various network elements, the routes to reach these elements must be defined. A route is defined for an IP network; e.g. 135.11 if the network mask is 255.255.0.0. The network entities can exchange their routes using the RIP and OSPF protocols. On IDU PPP interfaces, the OSPF protocol is systematically implemented. On IDU Ethernet interfaces, the user has to define whether or not to involve RIP or OSPF protocols. Static routes and a default gateway can be also be defined for each IDU.
In the top part, check the element for which you want to display a graphical analysis; the alarm statuses are plotted in red.
Zoom in with the mouse wheel if required.
Click on "Reset Log" to clear all records simultaneously and start a new record.
Note common to 4.4.2 and 4.4.3: the log information is stored in the IDU flash memory. The IDU flash memory is limited to 2048 alarm transitions or events. When the log is full, the oldest alarms or events are overwritten by the most recent.
When the equipment is off, the log is kept in the flash memory.
6.5 - CONFIGURATION / ALARMS MENU
This menu is described in 5.6 -.
Page 6-9
Page 6-10
5BOPERATION PILOT
OSPF TSL TSL Eth
5BOPERATION PILOT
Network management interface configuration examples

10.0.0.1 Eth Manager 10.0.0.10 255.255.255.0 192.168.114.11 192.168.114.12 Static route 192.168.114.x /255.255.255.0 => 10.0.0.1 2.0.0.2 255.255.255.0
- One hop link
The manager is connected to the IDU of site A via the Ethernet access. The IDU of site B may be connected to a laptop for local maintenance.
Ethernet Site B
10.0.1.1 Eth TSL PC 10.0.1.10 255.255.255.0 192.168.114.14 Static route 192.168.114.x /255.255.255.0 => 10.0.1.1
Site A Laptop
OSPF TSL Eth
2.0.0.3 255.255.255.0
Manager
192.168.114.13
10.0.0.1 TSL Laptop 2.0.0.10 Eth 2.0.0.2
OSPF
Eth
TSL
Manager
10.0.0.10
6.6.2 - Network configuration
192.168.114.11
192.168.114.12
- Two hop link
Site A
Ethernet
Manager Site B
Site C
Laptop
The meaning of the configuration parameters is described in the previous paragraph. On system initialization, the addresses are entered via the serial interface (VT100). These values can then be modified via the Pilot or the manager, but in this case, note that if an incorrect value is entered via a remote terminal, it will be impossible to reach the equipment and intervention on site will be required to put back the correct address. Port Id: used to display the statuses of the MGMT1, MGMT2 and Wayside ports.
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.6.3 - Wayside configuration

This table lists the IP routes known by the equipment. Direct routes are known due to the configuration of the equipment interfaces. Indirect routes may result from the routing protocol (OSPF or RIP) or definition of a static route.
6.7 - CONFIGURATION / MANAGEMENT NETWORK /ROUTES / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
The Wayside is a point to point 10/100BaseT Ethernet channel between the local and remote equipment.
This access can be physically disconnected by setting the "Wayside transmission" setting to "Off".
To add a static route, click on "Add"
The IP network to be reached is defined by the "Destination Address" and "Subnet Mask" fields. The "Gateway" field is the equipment address to which network frames will be sent. If the Ethernet interface is to be used, the Gateway address must be in the Ethernet interface network; the MAC address of the Gateway will be used to reach it. If the TSL (PPP) interface is to be used, the Gateway address must be the remote equipment management address. Cost: defines the cost of using the route. There is a maximum of 20 static routes.
Page 6-13
Page 6-14
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.8 - CONFIGURATION / GIGABIT ETHERNET MENU

6.10 - CONFIGURATION / ATPC / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
6.9 - CONFIGURATION / PROTECTION / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

6.11 - CONFIGURATION /E1 TRIBUTARIES / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
SLF-H IDU is common to the 1+0 and 1+1 configurations. The hardware difference is that the 1+0 IDU uses only one Modem while the 1+1 IDU contains two.
There are two ways to establish a 1+1 link:
6.12 - CONFIGURATION / HARDWARE INVENTORY / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

This screen gives the equipment hardware inventory (references, serial numbers, components manufacturing dates) and main ODU features.
- On first installation: with the two Modems inserted in the IDU each Modem being connected its ODU a cable. Switch on both Modems to power up the terminal. - On a 1+0 link already established: there is no need to disconnect the link; install Modem2/ODU2 and switch on the second Modem.
Then, to switch from one configuration to the other, use the Pilot software as described below.
Click on the protection button of the Pilot screen or open the "Configuration / Protection / Local or Remote" menu to display the following screen:
Select the box corresponding to the new configuration and validate.
If the changeover is refused, there may be a hardware problem or the two ODUs may not be compatible with the required 1+1 mode (e.g. different ODUs in 1+1 HSB, etc.).
Perform these operations on the local and remote equipment.
Note: it is important to have both terminals in the same configuration. Avoid having the two terminals in different configurations.
The various system configurations are described in 3.5 -.
Revertive automatic switching Tx: see 5.8 -.
Page 6-15
Page 6-16
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.13 - CONFIGURATION / PILOT MENU
6.16 - PERFORMANCE / LINK STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

This graph displays the link performance log for measurement periods of 1 min, 15 min or 24h, either in number of seconds or as a percentage of the period.
This menu can be used to display/hide tool tips when pointing the mouse on the various screen parameters.
6.14 - CONFIGURATION / RESET TO DEFAULT DATABASE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
This menu is used to restore the system factory settings. Only the management network configuration is kept unmodified, which allows remote configuration of the equipment afterwards.
6.15 - PERFORMANCE / RSL / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

Quality processing is carried out by calculating and determining various states: ES (Errored Second), SES (Severely Errored Second) and UAS (UnAvailable Second). Quality counters ES, SES and UAS: The quality counters are as follows: ES (Errored Seconds): number of seconds with at least one error detected within a period of 1 s or a fault.
This graph displays the ODU minimum and maximum RSLs over time and the number of seconds during which the high and lower configurable thresholds have been crossed.
SES (Severely Errored Seconds): number of severely errored seconds An SES is a second during which the number of errors exceeds the threshold defined or during which at least one fault is detected. UAS (UnAvailable Second): number of unavailable seconds. Zoom in with the mouse wheel if required. Clear: clears the graph and starts a new display.
Zoom in with the mouse wheel if required.
Clear: clears the graph and starts a new record.
Page 6-17
Page 6-18
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.17 PERFORMANCE / GIGABIT ETHERNET / GENERAL ETHERNET STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
6.18 - PERFORMANCE / GIGABIT ETHERNET / METERING STATISTICS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

The IDU board supplies counters indicating the quantity of valid (green) and unvalid (yellow) traffic received for each Classification (or service). A total of 16 probes are available. For each classification or service, a probe can be activated or not. The configuration window displays a summary of configured classifications, and allow probe configuration.
This menu displays the statistics counters of the Ethernet ports.
To enable/disable a probe, select the target classification in the list displayed on the top of the window, and click on the "enable"/"disable button". A counter displays the total number of enabled probes. To view counter for a probe, select the corresponding classification in the list, the probe information are then displayed in the bottom part of the window. Refresh: allows you to update counter values. (Refresh is done automatically every few seconds). Reset: resets the counters and starts a new count.
6.19 - PERFORMANCE / WAYSIDE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

This menu is used to display the number of bytes transmitted and received on the Wayside Ethernet port.
Reset counters: resets the counters and starts a new count. Refresh: allows you to update counter values. (Refresh is done automatically every few seconds).
Page 6-19
Page 6-20
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
6.21 - PERFORMANCE / CLEAR/RESET ALL

This menu resets all the local and remote counters: "RSL" performances, "link statistics" performances, "GigaEthernet" performances, "Wayside" performances, BER indicators; it also clears the alarms and events logs. New counts start.
Reset counters: resets the counters and starts a new count. Refresh: allows you to update counter values. (Refresh is not done automatically).
6.20 - PERFORMANCE / CLEAR BER STATS / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU 6.22 - MAINTENANCE / TX/RX FORCING MENU
Only active for 1+1 links, this menu can be used to perform manual transmit or receive switching. It is also possible to click on "Tx" in the main screen.
This menu resets the local or remote BER counters and starts new counts.
Transmit and Receive switches are independent. A system can work with ODU (1) transmitting, and ODU (2) receiving. In normal position "Tx Auto", "Rx Auto", "Mst Auto", switching is carried out automatically. The "Tx 1/2", "Rx 1/2", "Mst 1/2" forcings are used for maintenance actions. In manual mode, the equipment is in maintenance mode (maintenance indication at the bottom of the Pilot screen, orange Led "Maint" on the Pilot screen and orange Led lit on the IDU front panel). To perform manual switching commands (forcing), click on the box corresponding to the transmitter, receiver or master to be activated and validate with OK. The main Pilot screen indicates the active transmitter and master.
Page 6-21
Page 6-22
5BOPERATION PILOT
5BOPERATION PILOT
The active transmitters and masters are shown in bold. Forced configurations appear in red and trigger the maintenance display.
6.25 - MAINTENANCE / TRY TO UNMUTE REMOTE / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU
6.23 - MAINTENANCE / LOOPBACKS MENU
This menu is used to make loopbacks on the 2 Mbit/s channels (see 5.4 -) or on the resulting signal.
This menu is not permanent; it is displayed when the radio link has been lost (no received signal) and local transmit part suffer no critical issues. Clicking on this menu entry will try to remove mute on remote equipment (if any), provided the remote equipment has a correct matching radio configuration (frequencies, bandwidth, modulation, number of E1, link id). The bar at the bottom of the Pilot screen can be used to access this menu.
Equipment Loopback On: active a local Equipment loopback provided that there is no loopback on E1 ports. An Equipment loopback (IDU card) operates in the same way as a tributaries loopback, except that they are carried out on the resulting frame. This loopback is used to test Equipment operation.
6.26 - MAINTENANCE / RESTRICTION / LOCAL OR REMOTE MENU

This menu is used to extend the flow transmitted by SLF-H. Indeed, according to the need, the equipment can be ordered with the following options:
Equipment Loopback Off: can set the time after which the closures will be automatically deleted.
Equipment timer: remove all Equipment loopback.
7MHz
Radio channel 14MHz 28MHz
56MHz
6.24 - MAINTENANCE / FREQUENCY SCAN / CHANNEL 1 OR CHANNEL 2 MENU
This menu is used to carry out a frequency scan around the receive frequency, in order to identify possible radio interferers. The measurements results are displayed graphically and stored in memory for future consultation.
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 128QAM 256QAM
* * = not available in ACM mode
The process is carried out separately on each terminal. The user defines the frequencies to scan. The local transmitter is muted, while the receiver measures the Receive Signal Levels for each frequency.
Clicking on the "Frequency scan" menu displays the following window:
70Mbps License 150Mbps License 300Mbps License 400Mbps License
4 licenses are available for the modulation/bandwidth available. An additional license allows using ACM feature. In ACM, the limitation for available modulation restricts the maximum configurable profile. See Table 4-2 and Table 4-2 for the list of the accessible configurations in each license.
Page 6-23
Page 6-24
5BOPERATION PILOT
It is possible to upgrade to a higher capacity or enabled ACM by purchasing a new license. A software code supplied by Sagemcom is used to update the terminal. A code depending on the Modem serial number must be entered Modem by Modem (2 codes for a 1+1 configuration). A window indicates the current maximum configuration for each Modem (modulation / radio bandwidth).
Please note that in 1+1 configuration, the lower Modem configuration is taken into account to enforce the limitation.
When using the Expansion chassis MUX64 SPDH, the number of available E1 tributaries can be extended also. The total number of E1 can be 32, 48, 64 or 80. To extend the number of E1 a license must be bought. A software code provided by Sagemcom allows updating the terminal. A code based on the MUX64 SPDH serial number must be entered.
The bottom part of the window contains a textbox that can be copied for easy request of new licenses.
Note: the keyword "none" displayed next to a restriction entry state that there is no restriction (so everything is available up to the capacity of the hardware).
Page 6-25
6BTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
7. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
7.3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

The goal is to make a precise diagnostic of the problem, in order to determine the faulty unit quickly and replace it.
7.1 - INTRODUCTION
7.3.1 - Describe the symptom
This paragraph helps you solve problems using the information available (front panel Leds and Pilot software) and describes the procedures for replacing defective units.
Main points discussed
This is generally made by the field technician: common symptoms are "the link is broken", "there are excessive transmission errors", "there are alarms", etc. These symptoms may be permanent (failure) or intermittent. The alarm and event data and the graphic records available in the Pilot can generally be used to improve the diagnostic ( 6.4 -).
x x x x x x x x
Visual inspection Description of front panel alarm Led operation Troubleshooting procedure Alarms managed by the Pilot Typical screens in case of problem Replacing an ODU Replacing a Modem Replacing an IDU
7.3.2 - Isolate the problem
Measurement equipment required
Once the symptom has been defined, the faulty unit can be isolated using information supplied by the Leds on the IDU front panel and the information available on the Pilot. SLF-H replacement units are the ODU, the IDU (without Modem and without FAN), the Modem, the FAN drawer, the MUX64 SPDH shelf. A 1+0 link is composed of several units. The goal of this step is to determine what the most probable unit to replace is. The difficulty is that, in some cases, the problem may be generated by the remote terminal, external equipments (power supplies, bad interface signal levels, etc.) or the external environment (path obstruction, radio interferers, severe climatic conditions, etc.).
x x x x x
Laptop with serial port Pilot software Gigabit Ethernet tester 2 Mbit/s transmission analyzer (optional) Digital multimeter
7.3.3 - Fix the problem

Once the problem has been isolated, it is important to understand its cause and to apply corrective actions to avoid reoccurrence of the problem. Some typical problems are described in 7.6 -.
7.2 - VISUAL INSPECTION 7.4 - DESCRIPTION OF IDU FRONT PANEL LEDS

The Leds on the IDU Front panel and the Modem are shown below:
Actions
Before starting the operation, it is important to perform a visual inspection of the terminal and its installation.
Visual inspection
Look for
IDU / ODU coaxial cable strike Clean or replace Clean the fans regularly If some alarms are red, use this troubleshooting guide ( 0 and 7.5 -) Realign antenna, check remote terminal transmit power Replace power supply Mount antenna correctly
Cuts, short connectors
circuits,
moisture
in Clean or repair
IDU, ODU and MUX64 SPDH shelf
Dust, humidity, damage
lightning
Alarms (front panel and Pilot)
No red Leds lit
EM OD
Maint idu trib ext
Power supply voltage
Within specified range
OD
RS L
Receive Signal Level (Pilot)
Nominal value (installation data)
GbE Lnk/Act 1 2 3 4
FAN
POWER
Antenna mounting
Tight mount
Figure 7.1 - IDU front panel Leds
Page 7-1
Page 7-2
7.4.1 - IDU Leds

The Pilot software provides more details than the Leds on the front panel of the equipment.
7.5 - ALARMS MANAGED BY THE PILOT
"maint" Led is orange during a maintenance operation (remote loopback, manual control of 1+1 switching). It is off in normal mode.
"idu" Led is red when there is multiplexer or a demultiplexer failure, when receive data is not recovered (link broken), or if there is no fan drawer installed.
7.5.1 - Alarm summary screen

Click on the "Alarms / View / Local or Remote" menu to access the alarm summary screen. The active alarms are red. This screen can also be accessed by clicking on one of the alarm Leds on the main Pilot screen. Click on the icon at the top left of the screen to access the local alarm display window.
"trib" Led is red if there is no input signal on a tributary configured as normal, or if there is an input signal on a tributary configured as inverted.
"ext" Led is red if there is a status change on one of the external alarms which have been associated with this Led (see 5.6 - for a description of this alarm).
"GbE Lnk/Act" Leds 1 to 4 are dedicated to the Gigabit Ethernet transmission
Led off: link down Green Led lit permanently: link up Green Led flashing: traffic indicator, flashes for each GE frame Orange Led lit: collision
The "FAN" Led is red if the FAN module or one of the fans is faulty.
7.4.2 - Modem Leds
The "MODEM" Led is red if there is a problem on the ODU cable, if the modulator, demodulator or power supply is faulty, or if the link is down (no received data).
The "RSL" Led is red if the level received by the ODU is below the programmed threshold, or if there is a BER alarm (BER alarm, or BER warning). In most cases, this alarm corresponds to a propagation or radio interferer problem.
The "ODU" Led is red if there is an ODU alarm or if an ODU is not connected (cable problem). The Led is also red if the ODU is muted on a 1+0 link or if the two ODU of a 1+1 link are muted.
The "POWER" Led is green when the Modem is powered up.
7.4.3 - Leds of the MUX64 SPDH shelf
If an E1 extension MUX64 SPDH shelf is connected with the IDU and powered up, the "PWR" Led of this shelf is green after startup of the IDU. Figure 7.2 - Alarms screen on the Pilot
Green Led: no alarm Red Led: alarm (on the shelf view, the corresponding connector will be surrounded in red) Grey Led: no corresponding physical elements or alarm indication not required
The meaning of these alarms, their default severity and the corrective action required are indicated in the following tables.
Page 7-3
Page 7-4
IDU alarms None Description Check cable Fan / temperature alarms Fans
FAN
Description Leds on the equipment
Leds on the equipment Corrective actions
Default alarm severity
Wayside
No input signal
Wayside port Led ( 3.7.2.4 -)
Default alarm severity Major
Corrective actions
Table 7-1 - Meaning of the Wayside alarm Corrective actions IDU Temperature
This alarms is triggered if there a fan or FAN module fault or if there is no fan drawer
idu (absence)
Replace faulty or missing unit.
Radio link alarms This alarm is triggered when the IDU temperature is greater than the maximum permitted value
Description
Leds on the equipment
FAN
Link ID Minor Modem 1 Temperature
This alarm is present if local and remote ID Codes do not match. The receive data is replaced by an AIS. Check that the remote terminal has the same Link ID. If the Link IDs of the 2 terminals do not match, they are displayed in red on the main Pilot screen; if identical they are displayed in black. If the alarm remains, another link operating at the same frequency may be disturbing the link. Modem 2 Temperature Examine the various alarms on the 2 terminals of the link to improve the diagnostic Examine the various alarms on the 2 terminals of the link to improve the diagnostic This alarm is triggered when the temperature of the Modem 2 (1+1 configuration) is greater than the maximum permitted value
Major
Look for the possible alarm causes: IDU faulty or room temperature too hot.
IDU
This alarm is triggered when the temperature of the Modem 1 is greater than the maximum permitted value
FAN
Major
Look for the possible alarm causes: IDU or Modem 1 faulty or room temperature too hot.
Link Status Major Major
This alarm indicates that the dialog is Depends on alarm interrupted between local and remote origin equipment
FAN
Major
Look for the possible alarm causes: IDU or Modem 2 faulty or room temperature too hot.
Rx Frame
Indicates that the INT demultiplexer is Depends on alarm unlocked origin
Table 7-4 - Meaning of Fan and Temperature alarms
Table 7-2 - Meaning of radio alarms
SPDH alarms Major Check power supply of SPDH equipment. Check the cable between IDU and SPDH equipments. If alarm is still present, power down the SPDH and IDU, and apply power to SPDH and then IDU. If alarm is still present, replace SDPH equipment
Description
Leds on the equipment Corrective actions
SPDH state
SPDH equipment is not responding to Depends on alarm IDU board. origin
Table 7-3 - Meaning of the SPDH alarm
Page 7-5
Page 7-6
ODU alarms Corrective actions Check all alarms on both terminals to find the cause of the problem, as well as possible propagation problems. Power supply RSL
Description
Corrective actions
Modem alarms Major
Description
Leds on the equipment RSL (Receive This alarm is generated when the RSL is below the programmed threshold (default Signal Level) threshold: -60 dBm). It may also be generated in case of a power problem on a remote transmitter, a propagation problem, or a faulty receiver. Power supply alarm returned by the ODU. This alarm indicates an ODU power supply fault or input voltage too low ODU
Demodulation
This alarm is generated if there is a demodulator fault or if received data is not recovered Major Replace the Modem
MODEM
Minor
Use the indications on the remote terminal such as RSL and alarms to make a diagnostic.
Modulation
MODEM
This alarm is generated if there is modulator fault. When a modulation alarm occurs, the transmitter is automatically muted. Cable
Minor
Check power supply voltage (-48 V) and cable losses. If the power supply voltage and the cable are OK, replace the ODU
BER alarm Major Check other parameters such as the RSL, remote terminal alarms and possible propagation problems.
MODEM, RSL
This alarm is generated when BER is greater than the programmed threshold (default 10-3). A BER alarm can be generated by a poor receive level, a Modem fault or radio interference Minor Tx Frequency Check other parameters such as the RSL, remote terminal alarms and possible propagation problems. Rx Frequency Tx Power
BER warning
Cable alarm returned by the ODU. This alarm is generated if the transmit IF level at ODU input is outside the limits. This alarm causes the transmitter is automatically switched off (Mute). This alarm is generated in case of transmit synthesizer fault. This alarm automatically mutes the transmitter. This alarm is generated in case of receive synthesizer fault.
ODU
Minor
Check IDU / ODU cable losses. Replace the Modem or the ODU.
This warning is generated when BER is greater than the programmed threshold (default 10-6).
MODEM, RSL
ODU ODU
Major Minor
Replace the ODU Replace the ODU
Power supply Major Minor
Power supply alarm returned by the Modem. This alarm indicates a Modem power supply fault or input voltage too low at the IDU input. Check power supply voltage -48 V at the IDU input: the measured value must be included between -39V and -59V. If alarm remains present, change the Modem. Check the configured threshold for this alarm. Check radio conditions.
MODEM
ACM Modulation
Current modulation profile is below the configured threshold.
MODEM
ODU
Minor
Replace the ODU
Table 7-5 - Meaning of Modem alarms Mute
A transmit power alarm is generated in case of a transmitter AGC loop fault, or in case of a transmitter mute set by the operator (in 1+1 system when both transmitters of a terminal are in mute position). Tx Power alarm present
ODU
Minor Table 7-6 - Meaning of ODU alarms
If the transmitter was not muted intentionally and the fault remains, replace the ODU
Page 7-7
Page 7-8
Gigabit Ethernet alarms Corrective actions Plug in the module correctly or replace it of faulty Insert the correct module or change the configuration (Gbe Lnk/Act equipment might be on in this case) Check Ethernet cable (fiber or RJ45) and connected equipment configuration Make sure that the Ethernet link cable (fiber or RJ45) is not faulty. Also check the SFP module. Check radio conditions. Minimum profile can be reduced. Remote External Alarms External alarms (remote terminal incoming loops), alarms concerning the 5 remote external alarm inputs configured (see 5.6.2 -) External alarms (local terminal incoming Local External loops), alarms concerning the 5 local external alarm inputs configured (see Alarms 5.6.2 -) ext Description Major Major Major Major Minor
Description
External alarms
Default alarm severity Major
Corrective actions
SFP Presence
Module absent
Gbe Lnk/Act off
Check generating event: e.g. door open, etc.
SFP Type Mismatch
The SFP module inserted do not match with the expected configured type
Gbe Lnk/Act off
SFP LOS
Loss of input signal or auto negotiation failed
Gbe Lnk/Act off
ext
Major
Check generating event: e.g. door open, etc.
SFP Tx Default Ethernet link assembly fault (e.g. auto nego FAIL, cannot transmit in Tx)
Gbe Lnk/Act off
Table 7-9 - Meaning of External alarms
Tx Mute
In ACM mode, current profile is below configured minimum for Ethernet radio port Minor Check the alarm configured threshold. Check radio conditions.
None
Ge Bitrate
In ACM mode, current available bandwidth for the Ethernet radio port is below the configured threshold
None
Table 7-7 - Meaning of Gigabit Ethernet alarms
E1 tributary alarms Corrective actions
Description
Trib Alarm Major Check tributary alarm configuration, cable continuity and presence of signal at output of equipment connected to SLF-H.
This alarm is generated when there is no input signal for a tributary configured as normal (N), or when there is an input signal for a tributary configured as inverted (I).
trib
Table 7-8 - Meaning of E1 Tributary alarms
Page 7-9
Page 7-10
Check that that the IDU is powered correctly and that the Ethernet cable between the PC and the IDU is correctly installed. Try to ping equipments all along the network path to reach IDU.
7.5.2 - Direct and indirect alarms 7.6.3 - No local radio
There are two types of alarm in a microwave radio link:
Direct alarms which occur when there is a fault on a unit (e.g. transmit frequency alarm).
Indirect alarms caused by a fault on another unit or by an external problem to determine the cause of an indirect alarm, analyze all possible causes of the alarm and select the most likely.
The IDU is recognized by the Pilot, but the ODU does not operate: absent, faulty or not answering the IDU requests. In this case, the typical Pilot screen is as follows:
7.5.3 - Event log
In some cases with transient faults, it may be worthwhile examining the graphic log available and the alarm or event data to determine the cause of the fault ( 6.4 -).
7.6 - TYPICAL SLF-H PILOT SCREENS IN CASE OF PROBLEM
The following screens are representative of some typical problems.
7.6.1 - No IDU-Pilot software communication
When connecting the IDU to the PC, the following screen may be displayed:
Check the cable between IDU and ODU. If the problem remains, replace the ODU or the Modem.
7.6.4 - No remote radio

The local terminal operates correctly but communication with the remote terminal is down. In this case, the typical Pilot screen is as follows:
The Pilot cannot communicate with the IDU. Check the Ethernet cable between IDU and PC and check that the IP addresses and subnet masks of the PC and the IDU are compatible. From the PC, ping the IDU Ethernet address. If the ping result is negative, change the IP address of the PC or of the IDU Ethernet port (see 4.2 -).
7.6.2 - No local equipment, no remote equipment
If the connection between PC and IDU breaks during a Pilot session, the Pilot displays the following screen:
Check the remote terminal configuration (frequency, capacity, modulation, transmit power), correct antenna alignment and possible presence of obstacles between the two antennas. In the bottom bar, the software suggests trying to "unmute" the remote equipment, which could be one of the reasons why it fails to operate. Go to the maintenance menu to access this command.
Page 7-11
Page 7-12
6BTROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 7.6.7 - Link established correctly but with some alarms
7.6.5 - Low RSL
The link is established but the RSL is low. The typical Pilot screen is as follows:
Check the alarm configuration ( 5.6 -).
Check antenna alignment, transmit power levels and make sure that the fault is not due to a temporary propagation problem.
7.6.8 - Normal link no alarms

The link is established without alarms. All Leds are green.
7.6.6 - Low transmit power
The RSL of one of the two terminals is too low with respect to the other terminal. In this case, the typical Pilot screen is as follows:
7.7 - REPLACING AN ODU

Apply the following procedure: 1- Disconnect the IDU/ODU cable at IDU Modem output. 2- Before removing the ODU, note the position of the arrow on the ODU cover, disconnect cable. 3- Replace the ODU with another one of the same type according to the installation procedure ( 3.5 -), respecting the polarization (arrow in the same position as before). Replace the gasket (antenna or coupler interface) if damaged. 4- Connect the cable and protect the connector with isolation tape. 5- Connect the cable on the IDU side. Remark: it is not necessary to cut off the power supply of the IDU (switch Modem off) to carry out this operation. Note: for a 1+1 system, an ODU can be replaced with the second one operating. Before replacing an ODU, select manual switching Tx and Rx on the transmitter and the receiver, which continue to operate (see 6.22 -). It is useless to force the Master channel (leave master channel configured to automatic). Once the change has been done, return to automatic switching.
Increase the transmit power if possible. If the problem remains, replace the ODU on the site with the doubtful transmitter.
Page 7-13
Page 7-14
7.8 - REPLACING A MODEM
Apply the following procedure:
123456-
Switch off the Modem connected to the ODU (check that the green Modem Led is off). Disconnect the ODU cable (IDU side). Remove the two screws. Remove the Modem and replace by a new one. Attach the Modem with the screws and connect the cable to the ODU. Power up the Modem.
Note: for a 1+1 system, a Modem can be replaced with the second one operating. Before replacing it, select manual switching Tx, Rx and Master on the transmitter and the receiver, which continue to operate (see 6.22 -). Once the change has been done, return to automatic switching.
7.9 - REPLACING AN IDU
12345678-
Load the configuration file saved previously to avoid having to reconfigure everything (see 6.2 -). Switch off the Modem(s). Remove all cables from the IDU. Remove the IDU. Remove the Modem(s) from the IDU and install them in the new IDU. Install the new IDU and reconnect all cables. Switch on the IDU, reconfigure network access using the VT100 serial link. Connect a Pilot and load the previously saved configuration file.
7.10 - REPLACING A FAN MODULE
1234-
Remove the two screws. Remove the FAN module and replace by a new one. Attach the FAN module with the screws Wait a few seconds and make sure the FAN speed is regulated and that there is no alarm
Note: the FAN module is fully hot-extractible and hot-pluggable.
7.11 - REPLACING A MUX64 SPDH SHELF
1- Switch off the Modem(s). 2- Disconnect from the MUX64 SPDH shelf the power supply cable then the 2 Mbit/s interface cable ("Trib extension" connector) connected to the IDU. 3- Replace the MUX64 SPDH shelf. 4- Connect again the 2 Mbit/s interface cable then the power supply cable. 5- Switch on the Modem(s).
Page 7-15
APPENDIX 1- SLF-H SPECIFICATIONS

Modulation (fixed and ACM) (ODU-HL / ODU-H / ODU-NL) QPSK, 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM QPSK, 16QAM, 32QAM Modulation (fixed) (ODU-N) 7MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz, 56 MHz
General characteristics
Tx-Tx spacing (ODU-HL / ODU-H) Tx-Tx spacing (ODU-NL / ODU-N) 7MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz Error-correcting code LDPC see APPENDIX 2 and 1.2.6 Frequency agility
Versions and configurations 6L, 6H, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26, 32, 38 GHz Giga Ethernet 1000BaseSX, 1000BaseLX, 10/100/1000BaseT 10/100BaseT Ethernet 0, 2, 4 8, 16, 32, 48, 64, or 80 x 2 Mbit/s Unprotected Hot standby (HSB) Space or frequency diversity XPIC or frequency diversity
Frequency bands
Bitrates
Radio configuration (protection) 1+0 1+1 1+1 2+0
Transmission characteristics
Applicable ETSI standards EN 302 217
All bands
Frequency bands Output power
* = ODU-H only
QPSK Please refer to the Performance sheets 0.5 dB
16QAM/32QAM Please refer to the Performance sheets 0.5 dB
64QAM/128QAM 256QAM Please refer to Please refer to the Performance the Performance sheets sheets 0.5 dB 0.5 dB
Power step Automatic Tx Power Control (ATPC algorithm) Dynamic range Output power with Transmit Mute " Frequency step Frequency stability
Max Power Min Power
6 GHz (6L) * 6 GHz (6H) * 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz 5.9 GHz - 6.4 GHz 6.4 GHz - 7.1 GHz 7.1 GHz - 7.7GHz 7.7 GHz - 8.5 GHz 10.7 GHz - 11.7 GHz 12.75 GHz - 13.25 GHz 14.4 GHz - 15.35 GHz 17.7 GHz - 19.7 GHz 21.2 GHz - 23.6 GHz 24.5 GHz - 26.5 GHz 31.8 GHz - 33.4 GHz 37 GHz - 39.5 GHz
<-50 dBm
<-50 dBm
<-50 dBm
<-50 dBm
Duplex spacing 240, 252.04 MHz 340 MHz 154, 160, 161, 168, 196, 245 MHz, 119, 126, 151.614, 208, 266, 311.32 MHz 490, 500, 530 MHz 266 MHz 315, 420, 475, 490, 640, 644, 728 MHz 1010, 1560 MHz 1008, 1200, 1232 MHz 800, 1008 MHz 812 MHz 700, 1260 MHz
250 kHz 10 ppm
250 kHz 10 ppm
250 kHz 10 ppm
250 kHz 10 ppm
* = ODU-H only
6 GHz (6L) * 6 GHz (6H) * 7 GHz 8 GHz 11 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 32 GHz 38 GHz
Page A1-1
Page A1-2
Reception characteristics
Giga Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet / 2 Mbit/s access

1 to 4 GE, 1000BaseSX optical SFP, 1000BaseLX, 10/100/1000BaseT electrical SFP 0, 2, 4 8, 16, 32, 48, 64 or 80 x2 Mbit/s / 120 : or 75 : - IUT-R G. 703 2xDB44HD +4xDB78HD
Maximum non destructive level at ODU input 2 Mbit/s
-10 dBm -22 dBm

3.5 dB / 3.5 dB 2 dB / 6.5 dB When receive signal level is 5dB above the 10 threshold and less than -30dBm Alarm relays (outputs) DB15 HD DB15 HD Interface Ethernet 10/100BaseT RJ45 Access PC RS232 DB9 Interfaces Ethernet 10/100BaseT, RJ45 External alarms (inputs) 5 Wayside Number 3
-6
Maximum level for BER < 10-6
1+1 coupler losses - 3 dB (channel 1/channel 2)
1+1 coupler losses - 6 dB (channel 1/channel 2)
Alarms, wayside and network management interfaces

Type
Residual error rate
< 10
-12
Analog RSSI voltage (ODU BNC connector)
RSSI voltage accuracy RSL indication accuracy (from the Pilot)
4.5V 20 dBm; 0.1V 90 dBm, courbe monotone Loi de variation: RSL (dBm) = 15.77 VBNC-91.58 3 dB 3 dB
1
1 2 (Integ. Hub)
VT100 interface Network management interfaces
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions Station shelf (IDU) Radio box (ODU) Optional MUX64 SPDH Weight IDU without TNM and without Modem IDU with TNM and without Modem MODEM FAN module Optional MUX64 SPDH Radio box (ODU-H / ODU-N) Radio box (ODU-HL / ODU-NL) Installation Station shelf (IDU) Radio box (ODU) Optional MUX64 SPDH IDU/ODU interconnection 1+0 1+1 Impedance Length 19 inches rack Tubes diameter 50 mm to 115 mm 19 inches rack 1U, 19 inches : 44(H) x 485 (L) x 300 (D) mm Diameter: 267 mm, Depth: 89 mm 0.6U, 19 inches : 26(H) x 485 (L) x 170 (D) mm
3.050 Kg 3.250 Kg 0.376 Kg 0.270 Kg 1.9 Kg 5 kg 4 kg
1 coaxial cable 2 coaxial cables 50 : Maximum attenuation of 18dB at 350MHz
Page A1-3
Page A1-4

4m
Power consumption
Input voltage < 15W (typ.: 8.5W) < 7W (typ.: 5W) < 20W (typ.: 15W) < 10W (typ.: 6W) < 30W (typ.: 25W) Typical = 29W <40W (typ.: 30W) < 50W (typ.: 40W) <35W (typ.: 25W) <45W (typ.: 35W)
-39 V to -59 V
Power consumption
IDU only TNM MODEM FAN module Optional MUX64 SPDH Example: IDU-H/1+0/GE without TNM
ODU-HL
Antenna diameter: 0.3 up to 0.75 m: region with exposure > 10 W/m
ODU-H
ODU-NL
Note: with antenna diameters greater than 0.75m, the 10W/m is not reached.
ODU-N
Environmental characteristics
EN 300 019-1-3 class 3.1 EN 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 -5C to +45C -33 C to +55C EN 300 019-1-1 class 1.1
Environmental conditions
IDU, MUX64 SPDH ODU
Temperature range
IDU, MUX64 SPDH ODU
Storage conditions (equipment packed) EN 300 019-1-2 class 2.3
Transport conditions (equipment packed) EN 301 489-1/4
Electromagnetic compatibility
Health characteristics
This chapter gives the safety distance from the antenna, according to R&TTE Art 3.1a EMF Effects on Health.
The maximum exposure limit figures to consider are 50 W/m (occupational), or 10 W/m (general public).
The radiation exposure depends on transmit power value, on antenna gain and on the distance from the antenna. The analysis and below result takes the worst case: maximum transmit power and radiation on the antenna axis.
Page A1-5
Page A1-6
APPENDIX 2 - SLF-H REFERENCES

References of ODUs HL
It covers channel bandwidth from 7MHz to 56MHz and modulation schemes from QPSK to 256QAM.
Link composition
Depending on the configuration, a SLF-H link is composed of the following items: IDU-H
wo wo GE GE+ 16E1 SFP FAN
ODU-H
MODEM-H
HB
LB
wo
wo
wo
Sagem Model Number Sagem Description 7 GHz ODUs

ODU SLH 07GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLH 07GHZ TR YYYY HI XX
Sagem P/N
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz)
T to R (MHz)
Diplexer Range (MHz)
UHHxx
UHBxx
SFP GE
UFF P2
UFC_HX P2 (070)
UFX_SP P2
UFC_HW P2 (070)
SW150 (optional ACM)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1+0
UFX _SP P2 + UFE_16E1
UFDxxCy : Coupler
SLF-H
CHB07-YYYY-XX-00 CHH07-YYYY-XX-00 CHB07-A154-01-00 CHH07-A154-01-00 CHB07-A154-02-00 CHH07-A154-02-00 CHB07-A154-03-00 CHH07-A154-03-00 253375691 253375703 253375711 253375724 253375732 253375745 253375753 253375766 253375774 253375787 253375795 253375807 CHB07-B154-01-00 CHH07-B154-01-00 CHB07-B154-02-00 CHH07-B154-02-00 CHB07-B154-03-00 CHH07-B154-03-00
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A154 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B3
7,428.0 7,582.0 7,470.0 7,624.0 7,512.0 7,666.0 7,128.0 7,282.0 7,170.0 7,324.0 7,212.0 7,366.0 7,135.0 7,289.0 7,163.0 7,317.0 7,191.0 7,345.0 7,219.0 7,373.0
7,484.0 7,638.0 7,526.0 7,680.0 7,568.0 7,722.0 7,184.0 7,338.0 7,226.0 7,380.0 7,268.0 7,422.0 7,198.0 7,352.0 7,226.0 7,380.0 7,254.0 7,408.0 7,282.0 7,436.0
154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154
56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
1+1 HSB (1 antenna port) (3 or 6 dB coupler)
1+1 SD or FD or 2+0 FD (2 antenna ports) without pole mounting, coupler
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
CHB07-C154-01-00 CHH07-C154-01-00 CHB07-C154-02-00 CHH07-C154-02-00 CHB07-C154-03-00 CHH07-C154-03-00 CHB07-C154-04-00 CHH07-C154-04-00
253375815 253375828 253375836 253375849 253375857 253375860 253375878 253375881
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B4
2+0 XPIC (2 antenna ports) without pole mounting, coupler
GE / 70 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 70 Mbps GE / 150 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 150 Mbps GE / 300 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 300 Mbps GE / 400 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 400 Mbps GE / 70 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 70 Mbps GE / 150 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 150 Mbps GE / 300 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 300 Mbps GE / 400 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 400 Mbps GE / 70 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 70 Mbps GE / 150 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 150 Mbps GE / 300 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 300 Mbps GE / 400 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 400 Mbps GE / 70 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 70 Mbps GE / 150 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 150 Mbps GE / 300 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 300 Mbps GE / 400 Mbps GE + 16 E1 / 400 Mbps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
CHB07-A160-01-00 CHH07-A160-01-00 CHB07-A160-02-00 CHH07-A160-02-00 CHB07-A160-03-00 CHH07-A160-03-00
253375899 253375901 253375914 253375922 253375935 253375943
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A160 HI B3
7,433.5 7,593.5 7,478.5 7,638.5 7,526.0 7,686.0
7,496.5 7,656.5 7,541.5 7,701.5 7,589.0 7,749.0
160 160 160 160 160 160
63 63 63 63 63 63
Minimum configuration for one link.
CHB07-A161-01-00 CHH07-A161-01-00 CHB07-A161-02-00 CHH07-A161-02-00

Page A2-1 Page A2-2
253375956 253375964 253375977 253375985
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B2
7,117.0 7,278.0 7,159.0 7,320.0
7,180.0 7,341.0 7,222.0 7,383.0
161 161 161 161
63 63 63 63

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B5 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B5

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number CHB07-A168-01-00 CHH07-A168-01-00 CHB07-A168-02-00 CHH07-A168-02-00 CHB07-A168-03-00 CHH07-A168-03-00 253376437 253376440 253376458 253376461 253376479 253376482 253376490 253376502 253376515 253376523 253376536 253376544 253376557 253376565 253376578 253376586 253376599 253376606 253376619 253376627 253376630 253376648 253376651 253376669 253376672 253376680 253376693 253376705 7,093.0 7,261.0 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,093.0 7,289.0 7,121.0 7,317.0 7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0 7,401.0
Sagem P/N 168 168 168 168 168 168 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,261.0 7,429.0 7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0 7,401.0 7,233.0 7,429.0 7,261.0 7,457.0 7,400.0 7,645.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 8 GHz ODUs
Sagem Description
Diplexer Range (MHz) Sagem P/N
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,443.0 7,499.0 7,611.0 7,667.0 7,485.0 7,541.0 7,653.0 7,709.0 7,527.0 7,583.0 7,695.0 7,751.0 168 168 168 168 168 168 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,652.0 7,897.0 245 245 245 245 245 245
Diplexer Range (MHz) 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 84 84 84 84 84 84
CHB07-B168-01-00 CHH07-B168-01-00 CHB07-B168-02-00 CHH07-B168-02-00 CHB07-B168-03-00 CHH07-B168-03-00 CHB07-A196-01-00 CHH07-A196-01-00 CHB07-A196-02-00 CHH07-A196-02-00 CHB07-A196-03-00 CHH07-A196-03-00 CHB07-A196-04-00 CHH07-A196-04-00 CHB07-A196-05-00 CHH07-A196-05-00 CHB07-A245-01-00 CHH07-A245-01-00 CHB07-A245-02-00 CHH07-A245-02-00 CHB07-A245-03-00 CHH07-A245-03-00
CHB07-A161-03-00 CHH07-A161-03-00 CHB07-A161-04-00 CHH07-A161-04-00 CHB07-B161-01-00 CHH07-B161-01-00 CHB07-B161-02-00 CHH07-B161-02-00 CHB07-B161-03-00 CHH07-B161-03-00 CHB07-B161-04-00 CHH07-B161-04-00 CHB07-C161-01-00 CHH07-C161-01-00 CHB07-C161-02-00 CHH07-C161-02-00 CHB07-C161-03-00 CHH07-C161-03-00 CHB07-C161-04-00 CHH07-C161-04-00 CHB07-D161-01-00 CHH07-D161-01-00 CHB07-D161-02-00 CHH07-D161-02-00 CHB07-D161-03-00 CHH07-D161-03-00 CHB07-D161-04-00 CHH07-D161-04-00 CHB07-E161-01-00 CHH07-E161-01-00 CHB07-E161-02-00 CHH07-E161-02-00 CHB07-E161-03-00 CHH07-E161-03-00 CHB07-E161-04-00 CHH07-E161-04-00 CHB07-F161-01-00 CHH07-F161-01-00 CHB07-F161-02-00 CHH07-F161-02-00 CHB07-F161-03-00 CHH07-F161-03-00 CHB07-F161-04-00 CHH07-F161-04-00 CHB08-YYYY-XX-00 CHH08-YYYY-XX-00 CHB08-A126-01-00 CHH08-A126-01-00 CHB08-A126-02-00 CHH08-A126-02-00 CHB08-A126-03-00 CHH08-A126-03-00 CHB08-A126-04-00 CHH08-A126-04-00 CHB08-A126-05-00
Page A2-3 Page A2-4
253375998 253376007 253376015 253376028 253376036 253376049 253376057 253376060 253376078 253376081 253376099 253376101 253376114 253376122 253376135 253376143 253376156 253376164 253376177 253376185 253376198 253376205 253376218 253376226 253376239 253376247 253376250 253376268 253376271 253376289 253376292 253376304 253376312 253376325 253376333 253376346 253376354 253376367 253376375 253376388 253376396 253376408 253376416 253376429 253376713 253376726 253376734 253376747 253376755 253376768 253376776 253376789 253376797
ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B4 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B4 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B5
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B4
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,198.0 7,261.0 7,359.0 7,422.0 7,213.0 7,276.0 7,374.0 7,437.0 7,417.0 7,480.0 7,578.0 7,641.0 7,459.0 7,522.0 7,620.0 7,683.0 7,498.0 7,561.0 7,659.0 7,722.0 7,513.0 7,576.0 7,674.0 7,737.0 7,114.0 7,177.0 7,275.0 7,338.0 7,149.0 7,212.0 7,310.0 7,373.0 7,184.0 7,247.0 7,345.0 7,408.0 7,219.0 7,282.0 7,380.0 7,443.0 7,239.0 7,302.0 7,400.0 7,463.0 7,274.0 7,337.0 7,435.0 7,498.0 7,309.0 7,372.0 7,470.0 7,533.0 7,344.0 7,407.0 7,505.0 7,568.0 7,414.0 7,477.0 7,575.0 7,638.0 7,449.0 7,512.0 7,610.0 7,673.0 7,484.0 7,547.0 7,645.0 7,708.0 7,519.0 7,582.0 7,680.0 7,743.0 7,539.0 7,602.0 7,700.0 7,763.0 7,574.0 7,637.0 7,735.0 7,798.0 7,609.0 7,672.0 7,770.0 7,833.0 7,644.0 7,707.0 7,805.0 7,868.0 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 8,279.0 8,398.0 8,293.0 8,412.0 8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0 8,363.0 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description 490 490 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 10,675.0 11,205.0 10,795.0 11,325.0 10,915.0 11,445.0 11,035.0 11,565.0 13 GHz ODUs 8,005.0 8,219.0 CHB13-YYYY-XX-00 CHH13-YYYY-XX-00 CHB13-A266-01-00 CHH13-A266-01-00 CHB13-A266-02-00 CHH13-A266-02-00 CHB13-A266-03-00 CHH13-A266-03-00 CHB13-A266-04-00 CHH13-A266-04-00 253377314 253377327 253377335 253377348 253377356 253377369 253377377 253377380 7,905.0 8,171.0 8,017.0 8,283.0 8,024.0 8,290.0 8,136.0 8,402.0 266 266 266 266 119 119 119 119 8,075.0 8,289.0 213.5 213.5 70 70
ODU SLH 13GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLH 13GHZ TR YYYY HI XX ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 LO B1 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 HI B1 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 LO B2 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 HI B2 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 LO B3 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 HI B3 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 LO B4 ODU SLH 13GHZ TR A266 HI B4

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 253377158 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B4 253377166 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B4 253377179 253377187 253377190 253377202 253377210 253377223 253377231 253377244 253377252 253377265 253377273 253377286 253377294 253377306
ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B4 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B4 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B5 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B5 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B6 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B6 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B7 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B7
Sagem P/N 28 28 28 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 CHB11-A530-01-00 CHH11-A530-01-00 CHB11-A530-02-00 CHH11-A530-02-00 CHB11-A530-03-00 CHH11-A530-03-00 CHB11-A530-04-00 CHH11-A530-04-00 CHB11-A490-05-00 CHH11-A490-05-00 CHB11-A490-06-00 CHH11-A490-06-00 CHB11-A490-07-00 CHH11-A490-07-00 10,700.0 11,200.0 10,855.0 11,355.0 11,010.0 11,510.0 10,890.0 11,390.0 11,045.0 11,545.0 11,200.0 11,700.0 10,855.0 11,385.0 10,975.0 11,505.0 11,135.0 11,665.0 11,215.0 11,745.0 CHB11-A490-04-00 CHH11-A490-04-00
Sagem Description
CHH08-A126-05-00 CHB08-A126-06-00 CHH08-A126-06-00 8,203.0 8,355.0 8,240.0 8,392.0 8,277.0 8,429.0 8,043.0 8,251.0 8,099.0 8,307.0 8,155.0 8,363.0 8,211.0 8,419.0 8,113.0 8,321.0 8,169.0 8,377.0 8,225.0 8,433.0 8,281.0 8,489.0 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 8,271.0 8,423.0 8,308.0 8,460.0 8,345.0 8,497.0 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614
253376809 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B5 253376817 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B6 253376820 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B6
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 8,454.0 8,482.0 8,349.0 8,377.0 8,468.0 8,496.0
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 11,035.0 11,215.0 11,525.0 11,705.0
Diplexer Range (MHz) 180 180 190 190 190 190 190 190
253376838 253376841 253376859 253376862 253376870 253376883
CHB08-A208-01-00 CHH08-A208-01-00 CHB08-A208-02-00 CHH08-A208-02-00 CHB08-A208-03-00 CHH08-A208-03-00 CHB08-A208-04-00 CHH08-A208-04-00
253376891 253376903 253376916 253376924 253376937 253376945 253376958 253376966
ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 LO B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 HI B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 LO B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 HI B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 LO B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 HI B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 LO B4 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A208 HI B4
530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530
180 180 180 180 220 220 180 180
CHB08-A213-01-00 CHH08-A213-01-00
253376979 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A213 LO B1 253376987 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A213 HI B1
253376990 253377009 253377012 253377020
12,751.0 13,017.0 12,807.0 13,073.0 12,863.0 13,129.0 12,919.0 13,185.0 15 GHz ODUs
253377033 253377041 253377054 253377062 253377075 253377083
7,731.0 8,042.0 7,835.0 8,146.0 7,717.0 8,028.0
7,867.0 8,178.0 7,971.0 8,282.0 7,867.0 8,178.0
311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32
136 136 136 136 136 136
12,814.0 13,080.0 12,870.0 13,136.0 12,926.0 13,192.0 12,982.0 13,248.0
266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
11 GHz ODUs
CHB15-YYYY-XX-00 CHH15-YYYY-XX-00
ODU SLH 11GHZ TR YYYY LO XX
CHB11-YYYY-XX-00 CHH11-YYYY-XX-00 10,675.0 11,165.0 10,795.0 11,285.0 10,915.0 11,405.0 10,855.0 11,345.0 10,975.0 11,465.0 11,095.0 11,585.0 490 490 490 490 490 490
ODU SLH 11GHZ TR YYYY HI XX
253377096 253377103 253377116 253377124 253377137 253377145
180 180 180 180 180 180

Page A2-5
CHB15-A315-01-00 CHH15-A315-01-00 CHB15-A315-02-00 CHH15-A315-02-00 CHB15-A315-03-00 CHH15-A315-03-00 CHB15-A420-01-00 CHH15-A420-01-00

Page A2-6
253377398 253377400 253377413 253377421 253377434 253377442
14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0 253377455 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A420 LO B1 253377463 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A420 HI B1
14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0 14,501.0 14,613.0 14,921.0 15,033.0
315 315 315 315 315 315 420 420
119 119 119 119 119 119 112 112


ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B4 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B4 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B3

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 420 420 420 420 420 420 253377822 253377835 253377843 253377856 253377864 253377877 253377885 253377898 253377905 253377918 253377926 23 GHz ODUs
Sagem P/N 119 119 119 119 112 112 168 168 168 168 100 100 CHB23-YYYY-XX-00 CHH23-YYYY-XX-00 CHB23-1008-01-00 CHH23-1008-01-00 CHB23-1008-02-00 CHH23-1008-02-00 253377939 253377947 253377950 253377968 CHB18-1560-01-00 CHH18-1560-01-00 CHB18-1560-02-00 CHH18-1560-02-00 CHB18-1560-03-00 CHH18-1560-03-00 17,700.0 19,260.0 17,840.0 19,400.0 17,700.0 19,260.0 18,000.0 19,560.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 CHH18-1010-02-00 CHB18-1010-03-00 CHH18-1010-03-00 CHB18-1010-04-00 CHH18-1010-04-00 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560
Sagem Description
CHB15-A420-02-00 CHH15-A420-02-00 CHB15-A420-03-00 CHH15-A420-03-00 CHB15-A420-04-00 CHH15-A420-04-00 14,500.0 14,975.0 14,660.0 15,135.0 14,783.0 15,258.0 14,668.0 15,143.0 14,828.0 15,303.0 14,883.0 15,358.0 475 475 475 475 475 475
253377476 253377484 253377497 253377504 253377517 253377525
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 14,606.0 14,725.0 15,026.0 15,145.0 14,718.0 14,837.0 15,138.0 15,257.0 14,816.0 14,928.0 15,236.0 15,348.0
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 18,940.0 19,240.0 18,180.0 18,480.0 19,190.0 19,490.0 18,400.0 18,700.0 19,410.0 19,710.0
Diplexer Range (MHz) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 440 440
253377538 253377546 253377559 253377567 253377570 253377588
CHB15-A490-01-00 CHH15-A490-01-00 CHB15-A490-02-00 CHH15-A490-02-00 CHB15-A490-03-00 CHH15-A490-03-00 CHB15-A490-04-00 CHH15-A490-04-00 14,500.0 15,140.0 14,605.0 15,245.0 14,400.0 15,044.0 14,498.0 15,142.0 14,596.0 15,240.0 14,500.0 14,615.0 15,228.0 15,343.0 728 728 115 115 14,512.0 15,156.0 14,610.0 15,254.0 14,708.0 15,352.0 644 644 644 644 644 644 112 112 112 112 112 112 14,610.0 15,250.0 14,715.0 15,355.0 640 640 640 640 110 110 110 110 CHB23-1200-01-00 CHH23-1200-01-00 CHB23-1200-02-00 CHH23-1200-02-00 CHB23-1200-03-00 CHH23-1200-03-00 CHB23-1200-04-00 CHH23-1200-04-00 253377971 253377989 253377992 253378001 253378014 253378022 253378035 253378043
253377591 253377603 253377611 253377624 253377632 253377645 253377653 253377666
14,403.0 14,893.0 14,515.0 15,005.0 14,627.0 15,117.0 14,739.0 15,229.0
14,522.0 15,012.0 14,634.0 15,124.0 14,746.0 15,236.0 14,858.0 15,348.0
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119
ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1008 LO B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1008 HI B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1008 LO B2 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1008 HI B2
21,994.0 23,002.0 22,274.0 23,282.0
22,330.0 23,338.0 22,610.0 23,618.0
1008 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336 336
253377674 253377687 253377695 253377707
253377715 253377728 253377736 253377749 253377757 253377760
ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B2 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B2 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B3 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B3 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B4 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B4
21,200.0 22,400.0 21,490.0 22,690.0 21,780.0 22,980.0 22,070.0 23,270.0
21,530.0 22,730.0 21,820.0 23,020.0 22,110.0 23,310.0 22,400.0 23,600.0
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0
CHB15-A728-01-00 CHH15-A728-01-00
CHB23-1200-05-00 CHH23-1200-05-00 CHB23-1200-06-00 CHH23-1200-06-00 CHB23-1200-07-00 CHH23-1200-07-00
253378056 253378064 253378077 253378085 253378098 253378105
ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B5 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B5 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B6 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B6 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B7 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B7
21,200.0 22,400.0 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0
21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 22,400.0 23,600.0
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
400 400 400 400 400 400
18 GHz ODUs
CHB18-YYYY-XX-00 CHH18-YYYY-XX-00 17,685.0 17,985.0 18,695.0 18,995.0 17,930.0 18,230.0
CHB18-1010-01-00 CHH18-1010-01-00 CHB18-1010-02-00
253377799 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B1 253377801 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B1 253377814 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B2
1010 1010 1010
300 300 300

Page A2-7
CHB23-1232-01-00 CHH23-1232-01-00 CHB23-1232-02-00 CHH23-1232-02-00 CHB23-1232-03-00 CHH23-1232-03-00 CHB23-1232-04-00

Page A2-8
253378118 253378126 253378139 253378147 253378150 253378168 253378171
ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 LO B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 HI B1 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 LO B2 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 HI B2 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 LO B3 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 HI B3 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 LO B4
21,200.0 22,432.0 21,472.0 22,704.0 21,779.0 23,011.0 22,086.0
21,500.0 22,732.0 21,786.0 23,018.0 22,093.0 23,325.0 22,386.0
1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232
300 300 314 314 314 314 300


T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 1232 300

Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
References of ODUs H
CHH23-1232-04-00
253378189 ODU SLH 23GHZ TR 1232 HI B4
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 23,318.0 23,618.0 T to R (MHz)
26 GHz ODUs Sagem Model Number Sagem Description 6 GHz ODUs

CHB26-YYYY-XX-00 CHH26-YYYY-XX-00 24,250.0 24,450.0 25,050.0 25,250.0 UHB06-YYYY-XX-00 UHH06-YYYY-XX-00 UHB06-A240-01-00 UHH06-A240-01-00 UHB06-A240-02-00 UHH06-A240-02-00 UHB06-A240-03-00 UHH06-A240-03-00 253086728 253086749 253086757 253086760 253086778 253086781
Sagem P/N
CHB26-A800-01-00 CHH26-A800-01-00 24,549.0 25,557.0 24,829.0 25,837.0 25,109.0 26,117.0 24,885.0 25,893.0 25,165.0 26,173.0 25,445.0 26,453.0 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 336 336 336 336 336 336
800 800
200 200
CHB26-1008-01-00 CHH26-1008-01-00 CHB26-1008-02-00 CHH26-1008-02-00 CHB26-1008-03-00 CHH26-1008-03-00
253378212 253378225 253378233 253378246 253378254 253378267
5,925.0 6,175.0 6,000.0 6,250.0 6,075.0 6,325.0
6,025.0 6,275.0 6,100.0 6,350.0 6,175.0 6,425.0
240 240 240 240 240 240
100 100 100 100 100 100
32 GHz ODUs UHB06-A252-01-00 UHH06-A252-01-00 UHB06-A252-02-00 UHH06-A252-02-00 UHB06-A252-03-00 UHH06-A252-03-00 253086799 253086801 253086822 253086830 253086851 253086864
CHB32-YYYY-XX-00 CHH32-YYYY-XX-00 31,815.0 32,627.0 32,179.0 32,991.0 32,207.0 33,019.0 32,571.0 33,383.0 812 812 812 812 392 392 392 392
253378275 253378288 253378296 253378308
5,925.0 6,175.0 6,000.0 6,250.0 6,075.0 6,325.0
6,025.0 6,275.0 6,100.0 6,350.0 6,175.0 6,425.0
252.04 252.04 252.04 252.04 252.04 252.04
100 100 100 100 100 100
38 GHz ODUs
CHB38-YYYY-XX-00 CHH38-YYYY-XX-00
UHB06-A340-01-00 UHH06-A340-01-00 UHB06-A340-02-00 UHH06-A340-02-00 UHB06-A340-03-00 UHH06-A340-03-00 UHB06-A340-04-00 UHH06-A340-04-00
253086872 253086885 253086893 253086939 253086947 253086950 253086968 253086971
6,430.0 6,770.0 6,520.0 6,860.0 6,600.0 6,940.0 6,670.0 7,010.0 7 GHz ODUs
6,540.0 6,880.0 6,630.0 6,970.0 6,710.0 7,050.0 6,780.0 7,120.0
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340
110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
CHB38-A700-01-00 CHH38-A700-01-00 CHB38-A700-02-00 CHH38-A700-02-00 CHB38-A700-03-00 CHH38-A700-03-00 CHB38-A700-04-00 CHH38-A700-04-00 37,044.0 38,304.0 37,604.0 38,864.0 37,632.0 38,892.0 38,192.0 39,452.0 1260 1260 1260 1260 588 588 588 588
253378316 253378329 253378337 253378340 253378358 253378361 253378379 253378382
38,595.0 39,295.0 38,795.0 39,495.0 38,995.0 39,695.0 39,195.0 39,895.0
38,805.0 39,505.0 39,005.0 39,705.0 39,205.0 39,905.0 39,405.0 40,105.0
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210
UHB07-YYYY-XX-00 UHH07-YYYY-XX-00
CHB38-1260-01-00 CHH38-1260-01-00 CHB38-1260-02-00 CHH38-1260-02-00
253378390 253378402 253378415 253378423
UHB07-A154-01-00 UHH07-A154-01-00 UHB07-A154-02-00 UHH07-A154-02-00 UHB07-A154-03-00 UHH07-A154-03-00 UHB07-B154-01-00

Page A2-9 Page A2-10
252957519 252957527 252957530 252957548 252957551 252957569
7,428.0 7,582.0 7,470.0 7,624.0 7,512.0 7,666.0 253250493 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B1 7,128.0
7,484.0 7,638.0 7,526.0 7,680.0 7,568.0 7,722.0 7,184.0
154 154 154 154 154 154 154
56 56 56 56 56 56 56

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description Sagem P/N T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 160 160 160 160 160 160 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 56 56 56 56 56
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
UHH07-B154-01-00 UHB07-B154-02-00 UHH07-B154-02-00 UHB07-B154-03-00 UHH07-B154-03-00 7,135.0 7,289.0 7,163.0 7,317.0 7,191.0 7,345.0 7,219.0 7,373.0 7,433.5 7,593.5 7,478.5 7,638.5 7,526.0 7,686.0 7,496.5 7,656.5 7,541.5 7,701.5 7,589.0 7,749.0 7,198.0 7,352.0 7,226.0 7,380.0 7,254.0 7,408.0 7,282.0 7,436.0
253250505 253250518 253250526 253250539 253250547
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B154 HI B3
UHB07-C154-01-00 UHH07-C154-01-00 UHB07-C154-02-00 UHH07-C154-02-00 UHB07-C154-03-00 UHH07-C154-03-00 UHB07-C154-04-00 UHH07-C154-04-00
253262802 253262815 253262823 253262836 253262844 253262857 253262865 253262878
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C154 HI B4
UHB07-A160-01-00 UHH07-A160-01-00 UHB07-A160-02-00 UHH07-A160-02-00 UHB07-A160-03-00 UHH07-A160-03-00
252957572 252957580 252957593 252957605 252957613 252957626
UHH07-C161-04-00 UHB07-D161-01-00 UHH07-D161-01-00 UHB07-D161-02-00 UHH07-D161-02-00 UHB07-D161-03-00 UHH07-D161-03-00 UHB07-D161-04-00 UHH07-D161-04-00 UHB07-E161-01-00 UHH07-E161-01-00 UHB07-E161-02-00 UHH07-E161-02-00 UHB07-E161-03-00 UHH07-E161-03-00 UHB07-E161-04-00 UHH07-E161-04-00 UHB07-F161-01-00 UHH07-F161-01-00 UHB07-F161-02-00 UHH07-F161-02-00 UHB07-F161-03-00 UHH07-F161-03-00 UHB07-F161-04-00 UHH07-F161-04-00
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR D161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR E161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR F161 HI B4
253087051 253087064 253087072 253087085 253087105 253087118 253087147 253087150 253087168 253087171 253087192 253087209 253087212 253087220 253087233 253087241 253087254 253087262 253087275 253087283 253087308 253087329 253087337 253087340 253087358 253337287 253337323 253337344 253337365 253337373 253337394
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B3
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,380.0 7,443.0 7,239.0 7,302.0 7,400.0 7,463.0 7,274.0 7,337.0 7,435.0 7,498.0 7,309.0 7,372.0 7,470.0 7,533.0 7,344.0 7,407.0 7,505.0 7,568.0 7,414.0 7,477.0 7,575.0 7,638.0 7,449.0 7,512.0 7,610.0 7,673.0 7,484.0 7,547.0 7,645.0 7,708.0 7,519.0 7,582.0 7,680.0 7,743.0 7,539.0 7,602.0 7,700.0 7,763.0 7,574.0 7,637.0 7,735.0 7,798.0 7,609.0 7,672.0 7,770.0 7,833.0 7,644.0 7,707.0 7,805.0 7,868.0 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 7,093.0 7,261.0 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,261.0 7,429.0 168 168 168 168 168 168
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 56 56 56 56 56 56
UHB07-B168-01-00 UHH07-B168-01-00 UHB07-B168-02-00 UHH07-B168-02-00 UHB07-B168-03-00 UHH07-B168-03-00 UHB07-A168-01-00 UHH07-A168-01-00 UHB07-A168-02-00 UHH07-A168-02-00 UHB07-A168-03-00 UHH07-A168-03-00 UHB07-A196-01-00 UHH07-A196-01-00 UHB07-A196-02-00 UHH07-A196-02-00 UHB07-A196-03-00
252957791 252957803 252957816 252957824 252957837 252957845 253087382 253087390 253087402 253087410 253087423
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A168 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B3
7,443.0 7,611.0 7,485.0 7,653.0 7,527.0 7,695.0 7,093.0 7,289.0 7,121.0 7,317.0 7,149.0
7,499.0 7,667.0 7,541.0 7,709.0 7,583.0 7,751.0 7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0
168 168 168 168 168 168 196 196 196 196 196
56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56
UHB07-A161-01-00 UHH07-A161-01-00 UHB07-A161-02-00 UHH07-A161-02-00 UHB07-A161-03-00 UHH07-A161-03-00 UHB07-A161-04-00 UHH07-A161-04-00 UHB07-B161-01-00 UHH07-B161-01-00 UHB07-B161-02-00 UHH07-B161-02-00 UHB07-B161-03-00 UHH07-B161-03-00 UHB07-B161-04-00 UHH07-B161-04-00 UHB07-C161-01-00 UHH07-C161-01-00 UHB07-C161-02-00 UHH07-C161-02-00 UHB07-C161-03-00 UHH07-C161-03-00 UHB07-C161-04-00
252957634 252957647 252957655 252957668 252957676 252957689 252957697 252957709 252957717 252957720 252957738 252957741 252957759 252957762 252957770 252957783 253086989 253086992 253087001 253087019 253087022 253087030 253087043
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B161 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR C161 LO B4
7,117.0 7,278.0 7,159.0 7,320.0 7,198.0 7,359.0 7,213.0 7,374.0 7,417.0 7,578.0 7,459.0 7,620.0 7,498.0 7,659.0 7,513.0 7,674.0 7,114.0 7,275.0 7,149.0 7,310.0 7,184.0 7,345.0 7,219.0
7,180.0 7,341.0 7,222.0 7,383.0 7,261.0 7,422.0 7,276.0 7,437.0 7,480.0 7,641.0 7,522.0 7,683.0 7,561.0 7,722.0 7,576.0 7,737.0 7,177.0 7,338.0 7,212.0 7,373.0 7,247.0 7,408.0 7,282.0
161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63

Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 8,005.0 8,219.0 7,905.0 8,171.0 8,017.0 8,283.0 8,075.0 8,289.0 8,024.0 8,290.0 8,136.0 8,402.0 213.5 213.5 266 266 266 266
UHH07-A196-03-00 UHB07-A196-04-00 UHH07-A196-04-00 UHB07-A196-05-00 UHH07-A196-05-00 UHB08-A213-01-00 UHH08-A213-01-00 UHB08-A266-01-00 UHH08-A266-01-00 UHB08-A266-02-00 UHH08-A266-02-00 252958131 252958149 252958152 252958160
253087431 253087444 253087452 253087465 253087473 253177363 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A213 LO B1 253177371 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A213 HI B1 7,400.0 7,645.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 UHB08-A311-01-00 UHH08-A311-01-00 UHB08-A311-02-00 UHH08-A311-02-00 UHB08-A311-03-00 UHH08-A311-03-00 252958173 252958181 252958194 252958206 253078990 253079009 11 GHz ODUs
ODU SLH 11GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLH 11GHZ TR YYYY HI XX ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 LO B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 HI B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 LO B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 HI B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 LO B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A311 HI B3
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B4 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 LO B5 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR A196 HI B5
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,345.0 7,401.0 7,177.0 7,233.0 7,373.0 7,429.0 7,205.0 7,261.0 7,401.0 7,457.0 196 196 196 196 196 245 245 245 245 245 245 84 84 84 84 84 84 56 56 56 56 56 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,652.0 7,897.0
70 70 119 119 119 119
253087486 253087506 253087527 253087548 253087569 253087572
8 GHz ODUs
7,731.0 8,042.0 7,835.0 8,146.0 7,717.0 8,028.0
7,867.0 8,178.0 7,971.0 8,282.0 7,867.0 8,178.0
311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32
136 136 136 136 136 136
UHB08-YYYY-XX-00 UHH08-YYYY-XX-00 UHB11-YYYY-XX-00 UHH11-YYYY-XX-00 UHB11-A490-01-00 UHH11-A490-01-00 UHB11-A490-02-00 UHH11-A490-02-00 UHB11-A490-03-00 UHH11-A490-03-00 UHB11-A490-04-00 UHH11-A490-04-00 UHB11-A490-05-00 UHH11-A490-05-00 UHB11-A490-06-00 UHH11-A490-06-00 UHB11-A490-07-00 UHH11-A490-07-00 UHB11-A530-01-00 UHH11-A530-01-00 UHB11-A530-02-00 UHH11-A530-02-00 UHB11-A530-03-00 UHH11-A530-03-00 UHB11-A530-04-00 UHH11-A530-04-00 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
UHB08-A126-01-00 UHH08-A126-01-00 UHB08-A126-02-00 UHH08-A126-02-00 UHB08-A126-03-00 UHH08-A126-03-00 UHB08-A126-04-00 UHH08-A126-04-00 UHB08-A126-05-00 UHH08-A126-05-00 UHB08-A126-06-00 UHH08-A126-06-00 252958235 252958248 252958256 252958269 252958277 252958280 252958298 252958300 253087580 253087593 253087600 253087613 253087642 253087655 252958318 252958321 252958339 252958342 252958350 252958363 252958371 252958384 8,203.0 8,355.0 8,240.0 8,392.0 8,277.0 8,429.0 8,043.0 8,251.0 8,099.0 8,307.0 8,155.0 8,363.0 8,211.0 8,419.0 8,113.0 8,321.0 8,169.0 8,377.0 8,225.0 8,433.0 8,281.0 8,489.0 8,271.0 8,423.0 8,308.0 8,460.0 8,345.0 8,497.0 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0
252957879 252957887 252957890 252957907 252957910 252957928 252957931 252957949 252957952 252957960 252957973 252957981
ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B1 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B2 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B3 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B4 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B4 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B5 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B5 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 LO B6 ODU SLH 08GHZ TR A126 HI B6
8,279.0 8,398.0 8,293.0 8,412.0 8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0
8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0 8,363.0 8,482.0 8,377.0 8,496.0
119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B4 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B4 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B5 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B5 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B6 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B6 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 LO B7 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A490 HI B7 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B1 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B2 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B3 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 LO B4 ODU SLH 11GHZ TR A530 HI B4
10,675.0 11,165.0 10,795.0 11,285.0 10,915.0 11,405.0 11,035.0 11,525.0 10,700.0 11,200.0 10,855.0 11,355.0 11,010.0 11,510.0 10,675.0 11,205.0 10,795.0 11,325.0 10,915.0 11,445.0 11,035.0 11,565.0
10,855.0 11,345.0 10,975.0 11,465.0 11,095.0 11,585.0 11,215.0 11,705.0 10,890.0 11,390.0 11,045.0 11,545.0 11,200.0 11,700.0 10,855.0 11,385.0 10,975.0 11,505.0 11,135.0 11,665.0 11,215.0 11,745.0
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530
180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 190 190 190 190 190 190 180 180 180 180 220 220 180 180
252957994 252958003 252958016 252958024 252958037 252958045
252958058 252958066 252958079 252958087 252958090 252958107 252958110 252958128

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description 475 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 UHH15-A475-03-00 253087762 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 HI B3 252958657 252958660 252958678 252958681 252958699 252958701 252958719 252958722

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) Sagem P/N
13 GHz ODUs UHB15-A490-01-00 UHH15-A490-01-00 UHB15-A490-02-00 UHH15-A490-02-00 UHB15-A490-03-00 UHH15-A490-03-00 UHB15-A490-04-00 UHH15-A490-04-00 14,403.0 14,893.0 14,515.0 15,005.0 14,627.0 15,117.0 14,739.0 15,229.0 14,522.0 15,012.0 14,634.0 15,124.0 14,746.0 15,236.0 14,858.0 15,348.0
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 15,258.0 15,358.0
Diplexer Range (MHz) 100 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119
UHB13-YYYY-XX-00 UHH13-YYYY-XX-00 12,751.0 13,017.0 12,807.0 13,073.0 12,863.0 13,129.0 12,919.0 13,185.0 UHB15-A640-01-00 UHH15-A640-01-00 UHB15-A640-02-00 UHH15-A640-02-00 253087770 253087783 253087791 253087803 252958730 252958743 252958751 252958764 252958772 252958785 UHB15-A644-01-00 UHH15-A644-01-00 UHB15-A644-02-00 UHH15-A644-02-00 UHB15-A644-03-00 UHH15-A644-03-00 UHB15-A728-01-00 UHH15-A728-01-00
ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A640 LO B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A640 HI B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A640 LO B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A640 HI B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 LO B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 HI B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 LO B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 HI B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 LO B3 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A644 HI B3
UHB13-A266-01-00 UHH13-A266-01-00 UHB13-A266-02-00 UHH13-A266-02-00 UHB13-A266-03-00 UHH13-A266-03-00 UHB13-A266-04-00 UHH13-A266-04-00 14,500.0 15,140.0 14,605.0 15,245.0 14,400.0 15,044.0 14,498.0 15,142.0 14,596.0 15,240.0
252958417 252958425 252958438 252958446 252958459 252958467 252958470 252958488
12,814.0 13,080.0 12,870.0 13,136.0 12,926.0 13,192.0 12,982.0 13,248.0
266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
15 GHz ODUs
14,610.0 15,250.0 14,715.0 15,355.0 14,512.0 15,156.0 14,610.0 15,254.0 14,708.0 15,352.0 14,500.0 14,615.0 15,228.0 15,343.0
640 640 640 640 644 644 644 644 644 644 728 728
110 110 110 110 112 112 112 112 112 112 115 115
UHB15-YYYY-XX-00 UHH15-YYYY-XX-00 14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0 14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0 315 315 315 315 315 315 119 119 119 119 119 119
252958511 252958529 252958532 252958540 252958553 252958561
252958793 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A728 LO B1 252958805 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A728 HI B1 18 GHz ODUs
UHB15-A322-01-00 UHH15-A322-01-00 UHB15-A322-02-00 UHH15-A322-02-00 UHB15-A322-03-00 UHH15-A322-03-00 14,501.0 14,921.0 14,606.0 15,026.0 14,718.0 15,138.0 14,816.0 15,236.0 14,500.0 14,975.0 14,660.0 15,135.0 14,783.0 14,668.0 15,143.0 14,828.0 15,303.0 14,883.0 475 475 475 475 475 168 168 168 168 100
Page A2-15
253351740 253351758 253351761 253351779 253351782 253351790 14,613.0 15,033.0 14,725.0 15,145.0 14,837.0 15,257.0 14,928.0 15,348.0 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 112 112 119 119 119 119 112 112
14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0
14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0
322 322 322 322 322 322
119 119 119 119 119 119
UHB18-YYYY-XX-00 UHH18-YYYY-XX-00 UHB18-1010-01-00 UHH18-1010-01-00 UHB18-1010-02-00 UHH18-1010-02-00 UHB18-1010-03-00 UHH18-1010-03-00 UHB18-1010-04-00 UHH18-1010-04-00 UHB18-1560-01-00 UHH18-1560-01-00 UHB18-1560-02-00 UHH18-1560-02-00 UHB18-1560-03-00 UHH18-1560-03-00
Page A2-16
252958574 252958582 252958595 252958607 252958615 252958628 252958636 252958649
252951038 252951046 252951111 252951132 252951145 252951153 252951166 252951174 252951187 252951195 252951314 252951088 252951091 252951405
ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B4 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B4 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B1 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B2 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B3 ODU SLH 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B3
17,685.0 18,695.0 17,930.0 18,940.0 18,180.0 19,190.0 18,400.0 19,410.0 17,700.0 19,260.0 17,840.0 19,400.0 17,700.0 19,260.0
17,985.0 18,995.0 18,230.0 19,240.0 18,480.0 19,490.0 18,700.0 19,710.0 18,000.0 19,560.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 18,140.0 19,700.0
1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560
300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 440 440
UHB15-A475-01-00 UHH15-A475-01-00 UHB15-A475-02-00 UHH15-A475-02-00 UHB15-A475-03-00
253087663 253087676 253087684 253087697 253087759
ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 LO B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 HI B1 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 LO B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 HI B2 ODU SLH 15GHZ TR A475 LO B3

Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) UHH26-1008-02-00 UHB26-1008-03-00 UHH26-1008-03-00 252959104 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 HI B2 252959112 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 LO B3 252959125 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 HI B3 32 GHz ODUs
23 GHz ODUs
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 25,837.0 26,173.0 25,109.0 25,445.0 26,117.0 26,453.0 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336
UHB23-YYYY-XX-00 UHH23-YYYY-XX-00 21,994.0 23,002.0 22,274.0 23,282.0 UHB32-A812-01-00 UHH32-A812-01-00 UHB32-A812-02-00 UHH32-A812-02-00 252959154 252959167 252959175 252959188 38 GHz ODUs
ODU SLH 38GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLH 38GHZ TR YYYY HI XX ODU SLH 32GHZ TR A812 LO B1 ODU SLH 32GHZ TR A812 HI B1 ODU SLH 32GHZ TR A812 LO B2 ODU SLH 32GHZ TR A812 HI B2
UHB23-1008-01-00 UHH23-1008-01-00 UHB23-1008-02-00 UHH23-1008-02-00 22,330.0 23,338.0 22,610.0 23,618.0
252958839 252958847 252958850 252958868
1008 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336 336
UHB32-YYYY-XX-00 UHH32-YYYY-XX-00
31,815.0 32,627.0 32,179.0 32,991.0
32,207.0 33,019.0 32,571.0 33,383.0
812 812 812 812
392 392 392 392
UHB23-1200-01-00 UHH23-1200-01-00 UHB23-1200-02-00 UHH23-1200-02-00 UHB23-1200-03-00 UHH23-1200-03-00 UHB23-1200-04-00 UHH23-1200-04-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,490.0 22,690.0 21,780.0 22,980.0 22,070.0 23,270.0 UHB38-YYYY-XX-00 UHH38-YYYY-XX-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 21,200.0 22,432.0 21,472.0 22,704.0 21,779.0 23,011.0 22,086.0 23,318.0 21,500.0 22,732.0 21,786.0 23,018.0 22,093.0 23,325.0 22,386.0 23,618.0 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 300 300 314 314 314 314 300 300 UHB38-1260-01-00 UHH38-1260-01-00 UHB38-1260-02-00 UHH38-1260-02-00 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 22,400.0 23,600.0 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 400 400 400 400 400 UHB38-A700-01-00 UHH38-A700-01-00 UHB38-A700-02-00 UHH38-A700-02-00 UHB38-A700-03-00 UHH38-A700-03-00 UHB38-A700-04-00 UHH38-A700-04-00 253087960 253087981 253088003 253088024 253088037 253088045 253088058 253088066 252959216 252959229 252959237 252959240 21,530.0 22,730.0 21,820.0 23,020.0 22,110.0 23,310.0 22,400.0 23,600.0
252958871 252958889 252958892 252958909 252958912 252958920 252958933 252958941
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0
UHB23-1200-05-00 UHH23-1200-05-00 UHB23-1200-06-00 UHH23-1200-06-00 UHB23-1200-07-00 UHH23-1200-07-00
253087845 253087853 253087866 253087874 253087887 253087952
ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 LO B1 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 HI B1 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 LO B2 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 HI B2 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 LO B3 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 HI B3 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 LO B4 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR A700 HI B4 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B1 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B1 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B2 ODU SLH 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B2
38,595.0 39,295.0 38,795.0 39,495.0 38,995.0 39,695.0 39,195.0 39,895.0 37,044.0 38,304.0 37,604.0 38,864.0
38,805.0 39,505.0 39,005.0 39,705.0 39,205.0 39,905.0 39,405.0 40,105.0 37,632.0 38,892.0 38,192.0 39,452.0
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 1260 1260 1260 1260
210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 588 588 588 588
UHB23-1232-01-00 UHH23-1232-01-00 UHB23-1232-02-00 UHH23-1232-02-00 UHB23-1232-03-00 UHH23-1232-03-00 UHB23-1232-04-00 UHH23-1232-04-00
252958954 252958962 252958975 252958983 252958996 252959005 252959018 252959026
26 GHz ODUs
UHB26-YYYY-XX-00 UHH26-YYYY-XX-00 24,250.0 24,450.0 25,050.0 25,250.0 24,549.0 24,885.0 25,557.0 25,893.0 24,829.0 25,165.0 800 800 1008 1008 1008
UHB26-A800-01-00 UHH26-A800-01-00
200 200 336 336 336

Page A2-17 Page A2-18 SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D
UHB26-1008-01-00 UHH26-1008-01-00 UHB26-1008-02-00
252959071 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 LO B1 252959089 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 HI B1 252959092 ODU SLH 26GHZ TR 1008 LO B2

T to R (MHz)
References of ODUs NL
Sagem Model Number Sagem Description Sagem P/N
Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
T to R (MHz)
7 GHz ODUs
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR YYYY LO XX
CNB07-YYYY-XX-00 CNH07-YYYY-XX-00 7,428.0 7,582.0 7,470.0 7,624.0 7,512.0 7,666.0 7,128.0 7,282.0 7,170.0 7,324.0 7,212.0 7,366.0 7,135.0 7,289.0 7,163.0 7,317.0 7,191.0 7,345.0 7,219.0 7,373.0 7,433.5 7,593.5 7,478.5 7,638.5 7,526.0 7,686.0 7,117.0 7,278.0 7,159.0 7,320.0 7,198.0 7,180.0 7,341.0 7,222.0 7,383.0 7,261.0 161 161 161 161 161 63 63 63 63 63
Page A2-19
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR YYYY HI XX
CNB07-A154-01-00 CNH07-A154-01-00 CNB07-A154-02-00 CNH07-A154-02-00 CNB07-A154-03-00 CNH07-A154-03-00 7,184.0 7,338.0 7,226.0 7,380.0 7,268.0 7,422.0 7,198.0 7,352.0 7,226.0 7,380.0 7,254.0 7,408.0 7,282.0 7,436.0 7,496.5 7,656.5 7,541.5 7,701.5 7,589.0 7,749.0 160 160 160 160 160 160 63 63 63 63 63 63 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 154 154 154 154 154 154 56 56 56 56 56 56
253365864 253365926 253365947 253365955 253365968 253365976
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A154 HI B3
7,484.0 7,638.0 7,526.0 7,680.0 7,568.0 7,722.0
154 154 154 154 154 154
56 56 56 56 56 56
CNB07-B154-01-00 CNH07-B154-01-00 CNB07-B154-02-00 CNH07-B154-02-00 CNB07-B154-03-00 CNH07-B154-03-00
253366001 253366022 253366064 253366085 253366093 253366105
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B154 HI B3
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 LO B4
CNB07-C154-01-00 CNH07-C154-01-00 CNB07-C154-02-00 CNH07-C154-02-00 CNB07-C154-03-00 CNH07-C154-03-00 CNB07-C154-04-00 CNH07-C154-04-00
253366118 253366126 253366139 253366147 253366150 253366168 253366192 253366212
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C154 HI B4
CNB07-A160-01-00 CNH07-A160-01-00 CNB07-A160-02-00 CNH07-A160-02-00 CNB07-A160-03-00 CNH07-A160-03-00
253366663 253366770 253366783 253366791 253366803 253366824
CNB07-A161-01-00 CNH07-A161-01-00 CNB07-A161-02-00 CNH07-A161-02-00 CNB07-A161-03-00
253367045 253367053 253367066 253367074 253367095
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B3
CNH07-A161-03-00 CNB07-A161-04-00 CNH07-A161-04-00 CNB07-B161-01-00 CNH07-B161-01-00 CNB07-B161-02-00 CNH07-B161-02-00 CNB07-B161-03-00 CNH07-B161-03-00 CNB07-B161-04-00 CNH07-B161-04-00 CNB07-C161-01-00 CNH07-C161-01-00 CNB07-C161-02-00 CNH07-C161-02-00 CNB07-C161-03-00 CNH07-C161-03-00 CNB07-C161-04-00 CNH07-C161-04-00 CNB07-D161-01-00 CNH07-D161-01-00 CNB07-D161-02-00 CNH07-D161-02-00 CNB07-D161-03-00 CNH07-D161-03-00 CNB07-D161-04-00 CNH07-D161-04-00 CNB07-E161-01-00 CNH07-E161-01-00 CNB07-E161-02-00 CNH07-E161-02-00 CNB07-E161-03-00 CNH07-E161-03-00 CNB07-E161-04-00 CNH07-E161-04-00 CNB07-F161-01-00 CNH07-F161-01-00 CNB07-F161-02-00 CNH07-F161-02-00 CNB07-F161-03-00 CNH07-F161-03-00 CNB07-F161-04-00 CNH07-F161-04-00
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B4
253367110 253367128 253367131 253367149 253367152 253367160 253367173 253367181 253367194 253367201 253367214 253367222 253367235 253367243 253367256 253367412 253367425 253367433 253367446 253367454 253367467 253367475 253367488 253367496 253367532 253367553 253367574 253367602 253367615 253367644 253367657 253367678 253367686 253367699 253367701 253367730 253367743 253367764 253367772 253367793 253367805 253367826 253367834 CNB07-A168-01-00
Page A2-20
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,359.0 7,422.0 7,213.0 7,276.0 7,374.0 7,437.0 7,417.0 7,480.0 7,578.0 7,641.0 7,459.0 7,522.0 7,620.0 7,683.0 7,498.0 7,561.0 7,659.0 7,722.0 7,513.0 7,576.0 7,674.0 7,737.0 7,114.0 7,177.0 7,275.0 7,338.0 7,149.0 7,212.0 7,310.0 7,373.0 7,184.0 7,247.0 7,345.0 7,408.0 7,219.0 7,282.0 7,380.0 7,443.0 7,239.0 7,302.0 7,400.0 7,463.0 7,274.0 7,337.0 7,435.0 7,498.0 7,309.0 7,372.0 7,470.0 7,533.0 7,344.0 7,407.0 7,505.0 7,568.0 7,414.0 7,477.0 7,575.0 7,638.0 7,449.0 7,512.0 7,610.0 7,673.0 7,484.0 7,547.0 7,645.0 7,708.0 7,519.0 7,582.0 7,680.0 7,743.0 7,539.0 7,602.0 7,700.0 7,763.0 7,574.0 7,637.0 7,735.0 7,798.0 7,609.0 7,672.0 7,770.0 7,833.0 7,644.0 7,707.0 7,805.0 7,868.0 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 253367847 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 LO B1 7,443.0 7,499.0 168
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 56

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description CNB08-A126-06-00 CNH08-A126-06-00 253368617 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B6 253368620 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B6 253368638 253368659 253368670 253368683 253368691 253368703
ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 LO B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 HI B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 LO B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 HI B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 LO B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A151 HI B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 LO B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 HI B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 LO B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 HI B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 LO B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 HI B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 LO B4 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A208 HI B4

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 CNB08-A208-01-00 CNH08-A208-01-00 CNB08-A208-02-00 CNH08-A208-02-00 CNB08-A208-03-00 CNH08-A208-03-00 CNB08-A208-04-00 CNH08-A208-04-00 CNB08-A213-01-00 CNH08-A213-01-00 CNB08-A266-01-00 CNH08-A266-01-00 CNB08-A266-02-00 CNH08-A266-02-00 253368711 253368724 253368732 253368753 253368766 253368795 253368807 253368810 56 56 56 56 56 56 CNB08-A151-01-00 CNH08-A151-01-00 CNB08-A151-02-00 CNH08-A151-02-00 CNB08-A151-03-00 CNH08-A151-03-00 8,043.0 8,251.0 8,099.0 8,307.0 8,155.0 8,363.0 8,211.0 8,419.0 8,005.0 8,219.0
ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A266 LO B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A266 HI B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A266 LO B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A266 HI B2
Sagem P/N 56 56 56 56 56 8,203.0 8,355.0 8,240.0 8,392.0 8,277.0 8,429.0 8,271.0 8,423.0 8,308.0 8,460.0 8,345.0 8,497.0 8,113.0 8,321.0 8,169.0 8,377.0 8,225.0 8,433.0 8,281.0 8,489.0 8,075.0 8,289.0 7,905.0 8,171.0 8,017.0 8,283.0 8,024.0 8,290.0 8,136.0 8,402.0
Sagem Description
Diplexer Range (MHz) Sagem P/N 119 & 126 119 & 126 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 213.5 213.5 266 266 266 266
CNH07-A168-01-00 CNB07-A168-02-00 CNH07-A168-02-00 CNB07-A168-03-00 CNH07-A168-03-00 7,093.0 7,261.0 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,149.0 7,317.0 7,205.0 7,373.0 7,261.0 7,429.0
253367855 253367868 253367876 253367889 253367909
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A168 HI B3
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 8,349.0 8,377.0 8,468.0 8,496.0
Diplexer Range (MHz) 28 28 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 119 119 119 119
UHB07-B168-01-00 UHH07-B168-01-00 UHB07-B168-02-00 UHH07-B168-02-00 UHB07-B168-03-00 UHH07-B168-03-00
253367912 253367920 253367933 253367941 253367954 253367962
ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B1 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B2 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 LO B3 ODU SLH 07GHZ TR B168 HI B3
CNB07-A196-01-00 CNH07-A196-01-00 CNB07-A196-02-00 CNH07-A196-02-00 CNB07-A196-03-00 CNH07-A196-03-00 CNB07-A196-04-00 CNH07-A196-04-00 CNB07-A196-05-00 CNH07-A196-05-00 7,400.0 7,645.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,652.0 7,897.0 245 245 245 245 245 245 84 84 84 84 84 84 253368860 253368873 253368881 253368894
253367975 253367983 253367996 253368005 253368018 253368026 253368039 253368047 253368050 253368068
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B5 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B5
7,093.0 7,289.0 7,121.0 7,317.0 7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0 7,401.0
7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0 7,401.0 7,233.0 7,429.0 7,261.0 7,457.0
196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196
56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56
253368828 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A213 LO B1 253368849 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A213 HI B1
253368071 253368089 253368092 253368109 253368112 253368120
8 GHz ODUs
253368901 253368914 253368922 253368935 253368943 253368956
7,731.0 8,042.0 7,835.0 8,146.0 7,717.0 8,028.0 11 GHz ODUs

ODU SLF 11GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLF 11GHZ TR YYYY HI XX
7,867.0 8,178.0 7,971.0 8,282.0 7,867.0 8,178.0
311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32
136 136 136 136 136 136
CNB08-YYYY-XX-00 CNH08-YYYY-XX-00
CNB08-A126-01-00 CNH08-A126-01-00 CNB08-A126-02-00 CNH08-A126-02-00 CNB08-A126-03-00 CNH08-A126-03-00 CNB08-A126-04-00 CNH08-A126-04-00 CNB08-A126-05-00 CNH08-A126-05-00
Page A2-21
253368472 253368480 253368493 253368500 253368521 253368534 253368563 253368576 253368584 253368609
CNB11-YYYY-XX-00 CNH11-YYYY-XX-00 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 CNB11-A490-01-00 CNH11-A490-01-00 CNB11-A490-02-00 CNH11-A490-02-00 CNB11-A490-03-00 CNH11-A490-03-00 CNB11-A490-04-00

Page A2-22
8,279.0 8,398.0 8,293.0 8,412.0 8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0
8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0 8,363.0 8,482.0
119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126
253368964 253368977 253368985 253369010 253369031 253369049 253369052
ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B4
10,675.0 11,165.0 10,795.0 11,285.0 10,915.0 11,405.0 11,035.0
10,855.0 11,345.0 10,975.0 11,465.0 11,095.0 11,585.0 11,215.0
490 490 490 490 490 490 490
180 180 180 180 180 180 180


ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 HI B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 LO B3 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 HI B3 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 LO B4 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 HI B4 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 LO B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 HI B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 LO B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 HI B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 LO B3 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A475 HI B3

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 490 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 180 180 180 180 220 220 180 180 CNB15-A475-01-00 CNH15-A475-01-00 CNB15-A475-02-00 CNH15-A475-02-00 CNB15-A475-03-00 CNH15-A475-03-00 253374938 253374941 253374959 253374962 253374970 253374983 14,500.0 14,975.0 14,660.0 15,135.0 14,783.0 15,258.0 190 190 190 190 190 190 180 CNH15-A420-02-00 CNB15-A420-03-00 CNH15-A420-03-00 CNB15-A420-04-00 CNH15-A420-04-00 14,668.0 15,143.0 14,828.0 15,303.0 14,883.0 15,358.0 253374889 253374897 253374909 253374917 253374920 420 420 420 420 420 475 475 475 475 475 475
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
Diplexer Range (MHz) 119 119 119 112 112 168 168 168 168 100 100
CNH11-A490-04-00 10,700.0 11,200.0 10,855.0 11,355.0 11,010.0 11,510.0 10,675.0 11,205.0 10,795.0 11,325.0 10,915.0 11,445.0 11,035.0 11,565.0 10,855.0 11,385.0 10,975.0 11,505.0 11,135.0 11,665.0 11,215.0 11,745.0 10,890.0 11,390.0 11,045.0 11,545.0 11,200.0 11,700.0
253369060 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B4
253374326 253374339 253374347 253374350 253374368 253374623
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 15026 15145 14718 14837 15138 15257 14816 14928 15236 15348
CNB11-A530-01-00 CNH11-A530-01-00 CNB11-A530-02-00 CNH11-A530-02-00 CNB11-A530-03-00 CNH11-A530-03-00 CNB11-A530-04-00 CNH11-A530-04-00
253374636 253374644 253374657 253374665 253374678 253374686 253374699 253374706
ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B4 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B4
13 GHz ODUs
CNB13-YYYY-XX-00 CNH13-YYYY-XX-00 12,751.0 13,017.0 12,807.0 13,073.0 12,863.0 13,129.0 12,919.0 13,185.0 CNB15-A644-01-00 CNH15-A644-01-00 CNB15-A644-02-00 CNH15-A644-02-00 CNB15-A644-03-00 CNH15-A644-03-00 CNB15-A728-01-00 CNH15-A728-01-00 12,814.0 13,080.0 12,870.0 13,136.0 12,926.0 13,192.0 12,982.0 13,248.0 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 CNB15-A640-01-00 CNH15-A640-01-00 CNB15-A640-02-00 CNH15-A640-02-00
CNB15-A490-01-00 CNH15-A490-01-00 CNB15-A490-02-00 CNH15-A490-02-00 CNB15-A490-03-00 CNH15-A490-03-00 CNB15-A490-04-00 CNH15-A490-04-00 253375076 253375089 253375097 253375109
253374991 253375005 253375013 253375026 253375034 253375047 253375055 253375068
ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 LO B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 HI B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 LO B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 HI B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 LO B3 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 HI B3 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 LO B4 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A490 HI B4 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A640 LO B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A640 HI B1 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A640 LO B2 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A640 HI B2
14403 14893 14515 15005 14627 15117 14739 15229 14,500.0 15,140.0 14,605.0 15,245.0
14522 15012 14634 15124 14746 15236 14858 15348 14,610.0 15,250.0 14,715.0 15,355.0
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 640 640 640 640
119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 110 110 110 110
CNB13-A266-01-00 CNH13-A266-01-00 CNB13-A266-02-00 CNH13-A266-02-00 CNB13-A266-03-00 CNH13-A266-03-00 CNB13-A266-04-00 CNH13-A266-04-00
253374719 253374727 253374730 253374748 253374751 253374769 253374772 253374780
15 GHz ODUs
253375112 253375120 253375133 253375141 253375154 253375162
14400 15044 14498 15142 14596 15240 253375175 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A728 LO B1 253375183 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A728 HI B1 18 GHz ODUs
14512 15156 14610 15254 14708 15352 14500 15228 14615 15343
644 644 644 644 644 644 728 728
112 112 112 112 112 112 115 115
CNB15-A315-01-00 CNH15-A315-01-00 CNB15-A315-02-00 CNH15-A315-02-00 CNB15-A315-03-00 CNH15-A315-03-00 14501 14921 14606 14613 15033 14725 420 420 420 112 112 119
Page A2-23
253374793 253374805 253374813 253374826 253374834 253374847
14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0
14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0
315 315 315 315 315 315
119 119 119 119 119 119
CNB18-YYYY-XX-00 CNH18-YYYY-XX-00 CNB18-1010-01-00 CNH18-1010-01-00 CNB18-1010-02-00 CNH18-1010-02-00

Page A2-24
CNB15-A420-01-00 CNH15-A420-01-00 CNB15-A420-02-00
253374855 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 LO B1 253374868 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 HI B1 253374876 ODU SLF 15GHZ TR A420 LO B2
253378824 253378837 253378845 253378858
ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B2
17,685.0 18,695.0 17,930.0 18,940.0
17,985.0 18,995.0 18,230.0 19,240.0
1010 1010 1010 1010
300 300 300 300


Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
26 GHz ODUs
CNB18-1010-03-00 CNH18-1010-03-00 CNB18-1010-04-00 CNH18-1010-04-00 CNB26-YYYY-XX-00 CNH26-YYYY-XX-00 CNB26-A800-01-00 CNH26-A800-01-00 253375456 ODU SLF 26GHZ TR A800 LO B1 253375469 ODU SLF 26GHZ TR A800 HI B1 17,700.0 19,260.0 17,840.0 19,400.0 17,700.0 19,260.0 18,000.0 19,560.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 300 300 300 300 440 440 24,250.0 24,450.0 25,050.0 25,250.0
253378866 253378879 253378887 253378890
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 18,180.0 18,480.0 19,190.0 19,490.0 18,400.0 18,700.0 19,410.0 19,710.0 1010 1010 1010 1010 300 300 300 300 800 800
CNB18-1560-01-00 CNH18-1560-01-00 CNB18-1560-02-00 CNH18-1560-02-00 CNB18-1560-03-00 CNH18-1560-03-00
253378907 253378910 253378928 253378931 253378949 253378952
ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B3 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B3
200 200
23 GHz ODUs
CNB26-1008-01-00 CNH26-1008-01-00 CNB26-1008-02-00 CNH26-1008-02-00 CNB26-1008-03-00 CNH26-1008-03-00 32 GHz ODUs
253375477 253375480 253375498 253375500 253375513 253375521
24,549.0 25,557.0 24,829.0 25,837.0 25,109.0 26,117.0
24,885.0 25,893.0 25,165.0 26,173.0 25,445.0 26,453.0
1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336 336 336 336
ODU SLF 23GHZ TR YYYY HI XX ODU SLF 32GHZ TR YYYY LO XX ODU SLF 32GHZ TR YYYY HI XX
CNB23-1008-01-00 CNH23-1008-01-00 CNB23-1008-02-00 CNH23-1008-02-00 21,994.0 23,002.0 22,274.0 23,282.0 CNB32-YYYY-XX-00 CNH32-YYYY-XX-00 CNB32-A812-01-00 CNH32-A812-01-00 CNB32-A812-02-00 CNH32-A812-02-00 253375534 253375542 253375555 253375563 22,330.0 23,338.0 22,610.0 23,618.0
253375196 253375203 253375216 253375224
1008 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336 336
31,815.0 32,627.0 32,179.0 32,991.0 38 GHz ODUs

32,207.0 33,019.0 32,571.0 33,383.0
812 812 812 812
392 392 392 392
CNB23-1200-01-00 CNH23-1200-01-00 CNB23-1200-02-00 CNH23-1200-02-00 CNB23-1200-03-00 CNH23-1200-03-00 CNB23-1200-04-00 CNH23-1200-04-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,490.0 22,690.0 21,780.0 22,980.0 22,070.0 23,270.0 CNB38-YYYY-XX-00 CNH38-YYYY-XX-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 22,400.0 23,600.0 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 400 400 400 400 400 CNB38-A700-01-00 CNH38-A700-01-00 CNB38-A700-02-00 CNH38-A700-02-00 CNB38-A700-03-00 CNH38-A700-03-00 CNB38-A700-04-00 CNH38-A700-04-00 CNB38-1260-01-00 CNH38-1260-01-00 CNB38-1260-02-00 CNH38-1260-02-00 21,530.0 22,730.0 21,820.0 23,020.0 22,110.0 23,310.0 22,400.0 23,600.0
253375237 253375245 253375258 253375266 253375279 253375287 253375290 253375302
ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B1 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B1 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B2 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B2 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B3 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B3 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 LO B4 ODU SLF 23GHZ TR 1200 HI B4
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0
CNB23-1200-05-00 CNH23-1200-05-00 CNB23-1200-06-00 CNH23-1200-06-00 CNB23-1200-07-00 CNH23-1200-07-00
253375310 253375323 253375331 253375344 253375352 253375365 21,200.0 22,432.0 21,472.0 22,704.0 21,779.0 23,011.0 22,086.0 23,318.0 21,500.0 22,732.0 21,786.0 23,018.0 22,093.0 23,325.0 22,386.0 23,618.0 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 300 300 314 314 314 314 300 300
Page A2-25
253375576 253375584 253375597 253375604 253375617 253375625 253375638 253375646 253375659 253375670 253375667 253375688
ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B3 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B3 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B4 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B4 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B2
38,595.0 39,295.0 38,795.0 39,495.0 38,995.0 39,695.0 39,195.0 39,895.0 37,044.0 38,304.0 37,604.0 38,864.0
38,805.0 39,505.0 39,005.0 39,705.0 39,205.0 39,905.0 39,405.0 40,105.0 37,632.0 38,892.0 38,192.0 39,452.0
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 1260 1260 1260 1260
210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 588 588 588 588
CNB23-1232-01-00 CNH23-1232-01-00 CNB23-1232-02-00 CNH23-1232-02-00 CNB23-1232-03-00 CNH23-1232-03-00 CNB23-1232-04-00 CNH23-1232-04-00
253375373 253375386 253375394 253375406 253375414 253375427 253375435 253375448
Page A2-26

T to R (MHz)
References of ODUs N
Sagem Model Number Sagem Description Sagem P/N
It does not offer the ACM feature.
Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
T to R (MHz)
7 GHz ODUs
UFB07-YYYY-XX-00 UFH07-YYYY-XX-00 7,428.0 7,582.0 7,470.0 7,624.0 7,512.0 7,666.0 7,433.5 7,593.5 7,478.5 7,638.5 7,526.0 7,686.0 7,496.5 7,656.5 7,541.5 7,701.5 7,589.0 7,749.0 160 160 160 160 160 160 63 63 63 63 63 63 7,484.0 7,638.0 7,526.0 7,680.0 7,568.0 7,722.0 154 154 154 154 154 154 56 56 56 56 56 56
UFB07-A154-01-00 UFH07-A154-01-00 UFB07-A154-02-00 UFH07-A154-02-00 UFB07-A154-03-00 UFH07-A154-03-00
251307294 251307400 251307418 251307421 251307439 251307442
251305943 251305951 251305964 251305972 251305985 251305993
UFB07-C161-03-00 UFH07-C161-03-00 UFB07-C161-04-00 UFH07-C161-04-00 UFB07-D161-01-00 UFH07-D161-01-00 UFB07-D161-02-00 UFH07-D161-02-00 UFB07-D161-03-00 UFH07-D161-03-00 UFB07-D161-04-00 UFH07-D161-04-00 UFB07-E161-01-00 UFH07-E161-01-00 UFB07-E161-02-00 UFH07-E161-02-00 UFB07-E161-03-00 UFH07-E161-03-00 UFB07-E161-04-00 UFH07-E161-04-00 UFB07-F161-01-00 UFH07-F161-01-00 UFB07-F161-02-00 UFH07-F161-02-00 UFB07-F161-03-00 UFH07-F161-03-00 UFB07-F161-04-00 UFH07-F161-04-00
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR D161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR E161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR F161 HI B4
253084860 253084878 253084881 253084899 253084901 253084919 253084930 253084943 253084951 253084964 253084972 253084985 253084993 253085007 253085015 253085028 253085049 253085057 253085060 253085078 253085081 253085099 253085101 253085119 253085122 253085130 253085143 253085151 252832452 252832460 252832473 252832481 252832494 252832600
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,184.0 7,247.0 7,345.0 7,408.0 7,219.0 7,282.0 7,380.0 7,443.0 7,239.0 7,302.0 7,400.0 7,463.0 7,274.0 7,337.0 7,435.0 7,498.0 7,309.0 7,372.0 7,470.0 7,533.0 7,344.0 7,407.0 7,505.0 7,568.0 7,414.0 7,477.0 7,575.0 7,638.0 7,449.0 7,512.0 7,610.0 7,673.0 7,484.0 7,547.0 7,645.0 7,708.0 7,519.0 7,582.0 7,680.0 7,743.0 7,539.0 7,602.0 7,700.0 7,763.0 7,574.0 7,637.0 7,735.0 7,798.0 7,609.0 7,672.0 7,770.0 7,833.0 7,644.0 7,707.0 7,805.0 7,868.0 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 7,443.0 7,611.0 7,485.0 7,653.0 7,527.0 7,695.0 7,499.0 7,667.0 7,541.0 7,709.0 7,583.0 7,751.0 168 168 168 168 168 168
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 56 56 56 56 56 56
UFB07-A168-01-00 UFH07-A168-01-00 UFB07-A168-02-00 UFH07-A168-02-00 UFB07-A168-03-00 UFH07-A168-03-00 UFB07-A196-01-00 UFH07-A196-01-00 UFB07-A196-02-00 UFH07-A196-02-00 UFB07-A196-03-00 UFH07-A196-03-00 UFB07-A196-04-00 UFH07-A196-04-00 UFB07-A196-05-00
UFB07-A161-01-00 UFH07-A161-01-00 UFB07-A161-02-00 UFH07-A161-02-00 UFB07-A161-03-00 UFH07-A161-03-00 UFB07-A161-04-00 UFH07-A161-04-00 UFB07-B161-01-00 UFH07-B161-01-00 UFB07-B161-02-00 UFH07-B161-02-00 UFB07-B161-03-00 UFH07-B161-03-00 UFB07-B161-04-00 UFH07-B161-04-00 UFB07-C161-01-00 UFH07-C161-01-00 UFB07-C161-02-00 UFH07-C161-02-00
Page A2-27
251306804 251306825 251306838 251306846 251306859 251306867 251306870 251306888 251307210 251307228 251307231 251307249 251307252 251307260 251307273 251307281 253084828 253084836 253084849 253084857
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR B161 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR C161 HI B2
7,117.0 7,278.0 7,159.0 7,320.0 7,198.0 7,359.0 7,213.0 7,374.0 7,417.0 7,578.0 7,459.0 7,620.0 7,498.0 7,659.0 7,513.0 7,674.0 7,114.0 7,275.0 7,149.0 7,310.0
7,180.0 7,341.0 7,222.0 7,383.0 7,261.0 7,422.0 7,276.0 7,437.0 7,480.0 7,641.0 7,522.0 7,683.0 7,561.0 7,722.0 7,576.0 7,737.0 7,177.0 7,338.0 7,212.0 7,373.0
161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
253085172 253085185 253085193 253085205 253085218 253085239 253085247 253085250 253085268

Page A2-28
ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B1 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B2 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B3 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B4 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 LO B5
7,093.0 7,289.0 7,121.0 7,317.0 7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0
7,149.0 7,345.0 7,177.0 7,373.0 7,205.0 7,401.0 7,233.0 7,429.0 7,261.0
196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196
56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56


T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 196 245 245 245 245 245 245 UFB08-A311-01-00 UFH08-A311-01-00 UFB08-A311-02-00 UFH08-A311-02-00 UFB08-A311-03-00 UFH08-A311-03-00
Sagem P/N 56 84 84 84 84 84 84 251715115 251715128 251715136 251715149 253078966 253078987 11 GHz ODUs
Sagem Description UFB08-A266-01-00 UFH08-A266-01-00 UFB08-A266-02-00 UFH08-A266-02-00 251323313 251323326 251323334 251323347 266 266 266 266
Diplexer Range (MHz) 119 119 119 119
UFH07-A196-05-00 7,400.0 7,645.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,731.0 8,042.0 7,835.0 8,146.0 7,717.0 8,028.0 7,484.0 7,729.0 7,568.0 7,813.0 7,652.0 7,897.0
253085271 ODU SLF 07GHZ TR A196 HI B5
253085292 253085312 253085320 253085333 253085354 253085362
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 7,905.0 8,024.0 8,171.0 8,290.0 8,017.0 8,136.0 8,283.0 8,402.0
8 GHz ODUs
7,867.0 8,178.0 7,971.0 8,282.0 7,867.0 8,178.0
311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32 311.32
136 136 136 136 136 136
UFB08-YYYY-XX-00 UFH08-YYYY-XX-00 UFB11-YYYY-XX-00 UFH11-YYYY-XX-00 UFB11-A490-01-00 UFH11-A490-01-00 UFB11-A490-02-00 UFH11-A490-02-00 UFB11-A490-03-00 UFH11-A490-03-00 UFB11-A490-04-00 UFH11-A490-04-00 UFB11-A490-05-00 UFH11-A490-05-00 UFB11-A490-06-00 UFH11-A490-06-00 UFB11-A490-07-00 UFH11-A490-07-00 UFB11-A530-01-00 UFH11-A530-01-00 UFB11-A530-02-00 UFH11-A530-02-00 UFB11-A530-03-00 UFH11-A530-03-00 UFB11-A530-04-00 UFH11-A530-04-00 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 213.5 213.5 70 70
Page A2-29
UFB08-A126-01-00 UFH08-A126-01-00 UFB08-A126-02-00 UFH08-A126-02-00 UFB08-A126-03-00 UFH08-A126-03-00 UFB08-A126-04-00 UFH08-A126-04-00 UFB08-A126-05-00 UFH08-A126-05-00 UFB08-A126-06-00 UFH08-A126-06-00 252549396 252550000 252550021 252550034 252550042 252550055 252550063 252550076 253085375 253085383 253085396 253085408 253085429 253085437 252550084 252550097 252550211 252550224 252550232 252550253 252550266 252550295 8,203.0 8,355.0 8,240.0 8,392.0 8,277.0 8,429.0 8,043.0 8,251.0 8,099.0 8,307.0 8,155.0 8,363.0 8,211.0 8,419.0 8,005.0 8,219.0 8,075.0 8,289.0 8,113.0 8,321.0 8,169.0 8,377.0 8,225.0 8,433.0 8,281.0 8,489.0 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 208 8,271.0 8,423.0 8,308.0 8,460.0 8,345.0 8,497.0 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 151.614 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0 68.0
251308147 251308155 251308168 251308176 251308189 251308197 251610831 251610865 251610873 251610886 251610894 251610951
ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B1 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B2 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B3 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B4 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B4 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B5 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B5 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 LO B6 ODU SLF 08GHZ TR A126 HI B6
8,279.0 8,398.0 8,293.0 8,412.0 8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0
8,307.0 8,426.0 8,321.0 8,440.0 8,335.0 8,454.0 8,349.0 8,468.0 8,363.0 8,482.0 8,377.0 8,496.0
119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126 119 & 126
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B4 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B4 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B5 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B5 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B6 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B6 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 LO B7 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A490 HI B7 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B1 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B2 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B3 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 LO B4 ODU SLF 11GHZ TR A530 HI B4
10,675.0 11,165.0 10,795.0 11,285.0 10,915.0 11,405.0 11,035.0 11,525.0 10,700.0 11,200.0 10,855.0 11,355.0 11,010.0 11,510.0 10,675.0 11,205.0 10,795.0 11,325.0 10,915.0 11,445.0 11,035.0 11,565.0 13 GHz ODUs
10,855.0 11,345.0 10,975.0 11,465.0 11,095.0 11,585.0 11,215.0 11,705.0 10,890.0 11,390.0 11,045.0 11,545.0 11,200.0 11,700.0 10,855.0 11,385.0 10,975.0 11,505.0 11,135.0 11,665.0 11,215.0 11,745.0
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 490 & 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530
180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 190 190 190 190 190 190 180 180 180 180 220 220 180 180
252550307 252550315 252550328 252550357 252550378 252550399
UFB08-A208-01-00 UFH08-A208-01-00 UFB08-A208-02-00 UFH08-A208-02-00 UFB08-A208-03-00 UFH08-A208-03-00 UFB08-A208-04-00 UFH08-A208-04-00
251307450 251307913 251307926 251307934 251307947 251307955 251745379 251745387
UFB08-A213-01-00 UFH08-A213-01-00
UFB13-YYYY-XX-00 UFH13-YYYY-XX-00
Page A2-30


T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 UFB15-A640-01-00 UFH15-A640-01-00 UFB15-A640-02-00 UFH15-A640-02-00 253085510 253085523 253085531 253085544 251707001 251707019 251707022 251707030 251707043 251707051
Sagem P/N 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 14,500.0 15,140.0 14,605.0 15,245.0 14400 15044 14498 15142 14596 15240 14500 15228 18 GHz ODUs
Sagem Description UFB15-A490-02-00 UFH15-A490-02-00 UFB15-A490-03-00 UFH15-A490-03-00 UFB15-A490-04-00 UFH15-A490-04-00 251308390 251308506 251308514 251308535 251385433 251385446 490 490 490 490 490 490
UFB13-A266-01-00 UFH13-A266-01-00 UFB13-A266-02-00 UFH13-A266-02-00 UFB13-A266-03-00 UFH13-A266-03-00 UFB13-A266-04-00 UFH13-A266-04-00 14,610.0 15,250.0 14,715.0 15,355.0 14512 15156 14610 15254 14708 15352 14615 15343
251308209 251308212 251308220 251308064 251308072 251308085 251308093 251308303
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 12,751.0 12,814.0 13,017.0 13,080.0 12,807.0 12,870.0 13,073.0 13,136.0 12,863.0 12,926.0 13,129.0 13,192.0 12,919.0 12,982.0 13,185.0 13,248.0 640 640 640 640 644 644 644 644 644 644 728 728
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) 14515 14634 15005 15124 14627 14746 15117 15236 14739 14858 15229 15348
Diplexer Range (MHz) 119 119 119 119 119 119
15 GHz ODUs
110 110 110 110 112 112 112 112 112 112 115 115
UFB15-YYYY-XX-00 UFH15-YYYY-XX-00 14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0 UFB15-A728-01-00 UFH15-A728-01-00 14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0 315 315 315 315 315 315 119 119 119 119 119 119 UFB15-A644-01-00 UFH15-A644-01-00 UFB15-A644-02-00 UFH15-A644-02-00 UFB15-A644-03-00 UFH15-A644-03-00
252503733 252503808 252503650 252503712 252503600 252503639
UFB15-A322-01-00 UFH15-A322-01-00 UFB15-A322-02-00 UFH15-A322-02-00 UFB15-A322-03-00 UFH15-A322-03-00 UFB18-YYYY-XX-00 UFH18-YYYY-XX-00 UFB18-1010-01-00 UFH18-1010-01-00 UFB18-1010-02-00 UFH18-1010-02-00 UFB18-1010-03-00 UFH18-1010-03-00 UFB18-1010-04-00 UFH18-1010-04-00 UFB18-1560-01-00 UFH18-1560-01-00 UFB18-1560-02-00 UFH18-1560-02-00 UFB18-1560-03-00 UFH18-1560-03-00 475 475 475 475 475 475 490 490 168 168 168 168 100 100 119 119
Page A2-31
253351688 253351696 253351708 253351716 253351729 253351737 14501 14921 14606 15026 14718 15138 14816 15236 14,500.0 14,975.0 14,660.0 15,135.0 14,783.0 15,258.0 14403 14893 14522 15012 14,668.0 15,143.0 14,828.0 15,303.0 14,883.0 15,358.0 14613 15033 14725 15145 14837 15257 14928 15348 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 112 112 119 119 119 119 112 112
14,627.0 14,942.0 14,725.0 15,040.0 14,823.0 15,138.0
14,746.0 15,061.0 14,844.0 15,159.0 14,942.0 15,257.0
322 322 322 322 322 322
119 119 119 119 119 119
UFB15-A420-01-00 UFH15-A420-01-00 UFB15-A420-02-00 UFH15-A420-02-00 UFB15-A420-03-00 UFH15-A420-03-00 UFB15-A420-04-00 UFH15-A420-04-00
251308316 251308324 251308337 251308345 251308358 251308366 251385425 251385412
251308738 251308746 251308759 251308767 251308770 251308791 251308803 251308811 251308824 251308832 251308845 251308853 253085552 253085565
ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B3 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B3 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 LO B4 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1010 HI B4 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B1 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B2 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 LO B3 ODU SLF 18GHZ TR 1560 HI B3
17,685.0 18,695.0 17,930.0 18,940.0 18,180.0 19,190.0 18,400.0 19,410.0 17,700.0 19,260.0 17,840.0 19,400.0 17,700.0 19,260.0 23 GHz ODUs
Page A2-32
17,985.0 18,995.0 18,230.0 19,240.0 18,480.0 19,490.0 18,700.0 19,710.0 18,000.0 19,560.0 18,140.0 19,700.0 18,140.0 19,700.0
1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560 1560
300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 440 440
253085440 253085458 253085461 253085482 253085490 253085502
UFB15-A490-01-00 UFH15-A490-01-00
UFB23-YYYY-XX-00 UFH23-YYYY-XX-00

T to R (MHz) Sagem Model Number Sagem Description 32 GHz ODUs

T to R (MHz)
Sagem Model Number
Sagem P/N
Sagem Description
Transmit Range Min Freq Max (MHz) Freq (MHz) Sagem P/N 21,994.0 23,002.0 22,274.0 23,282.0 UFB32-YYYY-XX-00 UFH32-YYYY-XX-00 UFB32-A812-01-00 UFH32-A812-01-00 UFB32-A812-02-00 UFH32-A812-02-00
UFB23-1008-01-00 UFH23-1008-01-00 UFB23-1008-02-00 UFH23-1008-02-00 22,330.0 23,338.0 22,610.0 23,618.0 252809268 252809271 252811341 252811359 38 GHz ODUs
251308866 251308874 251308887 251308895 31,815.0 32,627.0 32,179.0 32,991.0
1008 1008 1008 1008
336 336 336 336
32,207.0 33,019.0 32,571.0 33,383.0
812 812 812 812
392 392 392 392
UFB23-1200-01-00 UFH23-1200-01-00 UFB23-1200-02-00 UFH23-1200-02-00 UFB23-1200-03-00 UFH23-1200-03-00 UFB23-1200-04-00 UFH23-1200-04-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,490.0 22,690.0 21,780.0 22,980.0 22,070.0 23,270.0 UFB38-YYYY-XX-00 UFH38-YYYY-XX-00 21,200.0 22,400.0 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 21,200.0 22,432.0 21,472.0 22,704.0 21,779.0 23,011.0 22,086.0 23,318.0 UFB38-1260-01-00 UFH38-1260-01-00 UFB38-1260-02-00 UFH38-1260-02-00 21,500.0 22,732.0 21,786.0 23,018.0 22,093.0 23,325.0 22,386.0 23,618.0 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 1232 300 300 314 314 314 314 300 300 251309066 251309074 251309087 251309095 21,600.0 22,800.0 22,000.0 23,200.0 22,400.0 23,600.0 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 400 400 400 400 400 UFB38-A700-01-00 UFH38-A700-01-00 UFB38-A700-02-00 UFH38-A700-02-00 UFB38-A700-03-00 UFH38-A700-03-00 UFB38-A700-04-00 UFH38-A700-04-00 253085672 253085680 253085693 253085700 253085713 253085721 253085734 253085742
ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B3 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B3 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 LO B4 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR A700 HI B4 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B1 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 LO B2 ODU SLF 38GHZ TR 1260 HI B2
251308907 251308915 251308928 251308936 251308949 251308957 251610993 251611031 21,530.0 22,730.0 21,820.0 23,020.0 22,110.0 23,310.0 22,400.0 23,600.0
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0 330.0
UFB23-1200-05-00 UFH23-1200-05-00 UFB23-1200-06-00 UFH23-1200-06-00 UFB23-1200-07-00 UFH23-1200-07-00
253085573 253085586 253085594 253085606 253085627 253085648
38,595.0 39,295.0 38,795.0 39,495.0 38,995.0 39,695.0 39,195.0 39,895.0 37,044.0 38,304.0 37,604.0 38,864.0
38,805.0 39,505.0 39,005.0 39,705.0 39,205.0 39,905.0 39,405.0 40,105.0 37,632.0 38,892.0 38,192.0 39,452.0
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 1260 1260 1260 1260
210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 588 588 588 588
UFB23-1232-01-00 UFH23-1232-01-00 UFB23-1232-02-00 UFH23-1232-02-00 UFB23-1232-03-00 UFH23-1232-03-00 UFB23-1232-04-00 UFH23-1232-04-00
251308960 251308275 251308283 251308296 251309003 251309011 251611065 251611094
26 GHz ODUs
UFB26-YYYY-XX-00 UFH26-YYYY-XX-00 24,250.0 24,450.0 25,050.0 25,250.0 24,549.0 25,557.0 24,829.0 25,837.0 25,109.0 26,117.0 24,885.0 25,893.0 25,165.0 26,173.0 25,445.0 26,453.0 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 1008 336 336 336 336 336 336
Page A2-33
UFB26-A800-01-00 UFH26-A800-01-00
800 800
200 200
UFB26-1008-01-00 UFH26-1008-01-00 UFB26-1008-02-00 UFH26-1008-02-00 UFB26-1008-03-00 UFH26-1008-03-00
251309024 251309032 251309045 251309053 252092991 252093005
Page A2-34
SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D Page A2-35
253 255 964-D / February 2011 Issue 04
All rights reserved. The information and specifications included are subject to change without prior notice. Sagemcom tries to ensure that all information in this document is correct, but does not accept liability for error or omission. Non contractual document. All trademarks are registered by their respective owners. Simplified joint stock company - Capital 44 824 840 Euros - 518 250 337 R.C.S. NANTERRE -
SAGEMCOM ENERGY & TELECOM SAS Headquarters: 250, route de lEmpereur 92848 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex - FRANCE Tel: +33 (0)1 57 61 10 00 - Fax: +33 (0)1 57 61 10 01 www.sagemcom.com

User Guide SLF-H - 253255964-D - Ed.04 para Imprimir

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

User Guide SLF-H - 253255964-D - Ed.04 para Imprimir

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Microwave Radio Link

SLF-H Release 2.2

Installation and Operation Manual

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

HANDBOOK CHANGE LIST

(Each new edition supersedes the previous edition)

253 255 964-A

Initial release in original issue

(3 000 337 386 R11 000-01)

253 255 964-B

253 255 964-C

Release 2.1 bis

(3 000 337 386 R11 000-03)

253 255 964-D

(3 000 337 386 R11 000-04)

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

3. INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-1

1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.4.2 - 1+1 Space diversity ...................................................................................................................... 1-10

1.4.3 - 1+1 Frequency diversity ............................................................................................................... 1-11

2. GIGABIT ETHERNET FUNCTION ........................................................................................................................ 2-1

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

5. FINAL LINK CONFIGURATION............................................................................................................................ 5-1

5.3.5 - Other features............................................................................................................................... 5-27

6. OPERATION PILOT............................................................................................................................................... 6-1

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

APPENDIX 1- SLF-H SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................1

APPENDIX 2 - SLF-H REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................1

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

Table 5-1 - Default configuration of the alarm relays...................................................................................................... 5-43

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

4 Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces + 80 optional E1 ports

Advanced switching and quality of service configuration for Ethernet traffic

Fixed Modulation: QPSK, 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM

Radio channel: 7MHz, 14 MHz, 28 MHz, 56 MHz

XPIC mode (for 28MHz and 56MHz radio channels only)

Wide transmit power range in steps of 0.5 dB

Automatic Tx Power Control (ATPC algorithm)

Synthesizer frequency step: 250 kHz

Full software control

Full compliance with ETSI standards

Other features available:

1 Wayside 10/100BaseT Ethernet channel

5 external alarm inputs and 3 configurable relay outputs

1 VT100 configuration RS232 interface

Figure 1.1 - SLF-H 1+0 terminal

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

SLF-H Installation and Operation Manual 253 255 964-D

1.2.6 - ODU Versions

Fmin (ODU) ODU bandwith

Figure 1.2 - SLF-H 1+1 Terminal (HSB)

56 MHz radio channel Fmax56 = FmaxODU-20 20 MHz 28 MHz radio channel

Fmax28 = FmaxODU-10 10 MHz

1.2.2 - IDU version

UFX-SP P2 (253302846): GE chassis

UFE-16E1 (253302812): Optional 16E1 extension card (TNM4)

1.2.3 - Modem version

1.2.4 - Fan version

1.2.5 - Optional MUX64 SPDH version